# SPECIFICATIONS FOR PROJECT AJJY 00-1124

REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780, ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

# SPECIFICATIONS FORPROJECT AJJY 00-1124

REPAIR MAIN 

# (gJ TRANSFORMERS, B-1780,

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
FINAL SUBMITTAL

. FEBRUARY 23,2002 

# Qd]REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIRE MENTS Section Title 01011 General Requirements 01330 Submittal Procedures 01400 Quality Control 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01560 Environmental Protection 01770 Closeout Procedures 01781 Operation and Maintenance Data
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section Title 02050 Demolition and Removal 02200 Earthwork 02201 Earthwork for Utilities 02831 Chain Link Fences
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section Title 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section Title 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16060 Grounding and Bonding 16361 Unit Substation Transformer 16362 Station Grounding Transformer 16402 Interior Distribution System 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 

### 01011 01330 01400 01500 01560 01770 01781 Title General Requirements Submittal Procedures Quality Control TemporaryFacilities and Controls Environmental Protection CloseoutProcedures Operation and Maintenance Data


### DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section 

### 02050 02200 02201 02831 Title Demolition and Removal Earthwork Earthwork for Utilities Chain LinkFences


### DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section Title 

### 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete


### DIVISION 16

- ELECTRICAL Section 

### 16050 16060 16361 16362 16402 Title Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Grounding and Bonding Unit Substation Transformer Station Grounding Transformer InteriorDistribution System 

### AJJY 00-1124PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01011 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PARAGRAPHS 1.1.1 Statement of Work The work shall consist of, but not limited to, providing all labor, materials , transportation and performing all work necessary for Project AJJY 00-1124, Repair Main Transformers , B-1780, Andersen AFB, Guam. All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the contract specifications and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. 1.1.2 Location The work to be performed is located at the Substation , Andersen Air Force Base, Guam. 1.1.3 Geography The island of Guam is approximately 48.28 km 30 miles in length with a variable width, ranging from 19.31 km 12 miles to 6.44 km 4 miles at its narrowest point. Approximately 548.84 square km 212 square miles, excluding reef formations , the island has two basic geological components
. The central and northern features are primarily raised limestones with several volcanic formations at Mount Santa Rosa and Mount Mataguak
. The northern clifflines drop precipitately into the sea with an elevation ranging from 91.44 to 182.88 in 300 to 600 feet
. The southern features are basically volcanic with an elongated mountain ridge dividing the inland valleys and coastline. The highest point is Mount Lamlam with an elevation of 406.6 in 1,334 feet. 1.1.4 Climate Guam's climate is pleasantly warm year

-round
. The mean annual temperature is 27 degrees C 81 degrees F; generally, the range is from the low to upper 20's C low 70's to the middle 80's F. The coolest and least humid months, marked by prevailing westerly tradewinds, are in December through February. The annual rainfall totals 55 to 113 inches. There are two seasons, the dry and the rainy
. The dry season, "fanummangen", begins in December through June. The rainy season, "fanuchanan", falls within the remaining months. 1.1.5 Principal Features The work to be performed in connection with this project includes, but is not limited to the following:
01011-1 REPAIRMAINTRANSFORlVIERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01011 GENERALREQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERALPARAGRAPHS 1.1.1 Statement ofWork AJJY00-1124

The work shall consist of, but not limited to, providing all labor, materials, transportation and performing all work necessary for Project AJJY 00-1124, Repair MainTransformers, B-1780, Andersen AFB, Guam. All work shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the contract specifications and subjectto the terms and conditions ofthe contract. 1.1.2 Location The workto be performed is located atthe Substation, Andersen AirForce Base, Guam. 1.1.3 Geography The island ofGuam is approximately48.28 km 30 miles in length with a variable width, ranging from 19.31 km 12 miles to 6.44km4 miles at its narrowest point. Approximately 548.84 square km 212 square miles, excluding reefformations, the island has two basic geological components. The central and northern features are primarilyraised limestones with several volcanic formations at Mount SantaRosa and Mount Mataguak. Thenorthern clifflines drop precipitately into the sea with an elevationranging from 91.44 to 182.88 m 300 to 600 feet. The southernfeatures are basically volcanic with an elongated mountain ridge dividing the inland valleys and coastline. The highest point is MountLamlam with an elevation of406.6 m 1,334 feet. 1.1.4 Climate Guam's climate is pleasantly warm year-round. The mean annual temperature is 27 degrees C 81 degrees F; generally, the range is from the low to upper 20's C low 70's to the middle 80's F. The coolest and least humid months, marked by prevailing westerly tradewinds, are in Decemberthrough February. The annual rainfall totals 55 to 113 inches. There are two seasons, the dry and therainy. The dry season, "fanummangen", begins in Decemberthrough June. Therainy season, "fanuchanan", falls within the remaining months. 1.1.5 Principal Features The work to be performed in connection with this project includes, but is not limited to the following:
01011-1PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 JY 00-1124

ERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.1.5.1 Removal of 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each grounding transformer. 1.1.5.2 Providing and installing new 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1 each grounding transformer. 1.1.5.3 Providing containment system for the new transformers. 1.1.5.4 Providing new busway system connecting new transformers to existing switchgears. 1.1.5.5 Extend fence as indicated on drawings. 1.2 WORKING SCHEDULE Working hours for the Contractor will normally be between the hours of 0730 and 1630, Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Government Holidays. If the Contractor desires to work during period other than above, additional Inspectors may be required
. The Contractor must notify the Contracting Officer three (3) work days in advance of his intention to work during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspectors
. When the Contracting Officer determines that they are reasonably available, the Contracting Officer may authorize the Contractor to perform work, during periods other than normal duty hours/ days. However, if inspectors are required to perform in excess of their normal duty hours solely for the benefits of the Contractor, the actual cost of inspection at overtime rates will be charged to the Contractor and will be deducted from the final payment of the contract amount. Phasing the work shall be required when there are multiple excavation sites on an approved AF Form 103. 1.2.1 Federal Government Holidays are as follow: JAN - New Year's Day SEP - Labor Day JAN - Martin Luther King's B'day OCT - Columbus Day FEB - President's Day NOV - Veterans Day MAY - Memorial Day NOV - Thanksgiving Day JUL - Independence Day DEC - Christmas Day 1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.3.1 Omissions or Misdescriptions Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the misdescription of details of work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications , or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or misdescribed details of the work, but shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and described in the drawings and specifications.

01011-2 REPAIRMAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

1.1.5.1 Removal of2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1each grounding transformer. 1.1.5.2 Providing and installing new 2 each 16.667 MVA substation transformer and 1each grounding transformer. 1.1.5.3 Providing containment systemfor the new transformers. 1.1.5.4 Providing new busway system connecting new transformers to existing switchgears. 1.1.5.5 Extend fence as indicated on drawings. 1.2 WORKING SCHEDULE Working hours for the Contractor will normallybebetweenthe hours of0730 and 1630, Monday through Friday, excluding Federal Government Holidays. Ifthe Contractor desires to work during period other than above, additional Inspectors may berequired. The Contractor must notifythe Contracting Officer three (3) work days in advance ofhis intention to work during other periods to allow assignment ofadditional inspectors. When the Contracting Officer determines that they are reasonably available, the Contracting Officer may authorize the Contractorto perform work, during periods otherthan normal duty hours/ days. However, ifinspectors are required to perform in excess oftheir normal dutyhours solely for the benefits ofthe Contractor, the actual cost ofinspection at overtime rates will be charged to the Contractor and will be deducted from the final payment ofthe contract amount. Phasing the work shall berequired when there are multiple excavation sites on an approved AFForm 103. 1.2.1 Federal Government Holidays are as follow: JAN

- New Year's Day JAN

- MartinLuther King's B'day FEB

- President's Day MAY

- Memorial Day JUL

- Independence Day 1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.3.1 Omissions or Misdescriptions SEP

- LaborDay OCT

- Columbus Day NOV

- Veterans Day NOV

- ThanksgivingDay DEC

- Christmas Day

Omissions from the drawings or specifications orthe misdescription ofdetails ofwork which are manifestlynecessary to carry out the intent ofthe drawings and specifications, or which are customarilyperformed, shall not relieve the Contractorfrom performing such omitted or misdescribed details ofthe work, but shall be performed as iffully and correctly set forth and described inthe drawings and specifications.

01011-2PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.3.2 Record Drawings The Contractor shall maintain at the job site two (2) sets of full size contract drawings, marking them in red to show all variations between construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the contract documents
. Where a choice of materials or methods is permitted herein, or where variations in scope of character of work from that of the original contract are authorized, the drawings shall be marked to define the construction actually provided
. The representation of such change shall conform to standard drafting practice andshall include supplementary notes, legends and details as necessary to clearly portray the asbuilt construction. Upon completion of work, both sets of mark-up drawings shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer, and shall be subject to approval before acceptance
. Drawings shall be updated daily. One set of marked prints will be returned to the Contractor with additional comments as necessary and the other set retained by the Contracting Officer for confirmation of the as

-built drawings. 1.3.3 As-Built Drawings As-built drawings shall contain information of which shall include both the existing and the new. One set of reproducible as-built mylar drawings and one set of AUTOCAD drawings, Release 14 or 2000 (in zip disk or compact disk) will be submitted no later than 7 calendar days after completion of the project, before final payment is approved for payment. Disk shall be properly identified to include project no. and title, name and address of Contractor with telephone and fax numbers and completion date of the project. As-built drawings shall be exact reproduction of the AutoCAD drawings and shall be verified for acceptance. 1.4 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and quantity of the surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all exploratory work done by the Government, as well as from the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract
. Any failure of the Contractor to take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully perform the work without additional expense to the Government. 1.5 LAYING OUT WORK 1.5.1 Dimensions and elevations shall be verified by the Contractor
. Discrepancies between drawings, specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to the Contracting Officer prior to submitting a bid during the solicitation
. Failure to make such notifications shall place responsibility upon the Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory, workmanlike manner. 1.5.2 The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction Documents.
01011-3 REPAIRMAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.3.2 Record Drawings AJJY00-1124

The Contractor shall maintain at thejob site two (2) sets offull size contract drawings, marking them inred to show all variations between construction actually provided and that indicated or specified in the contract documents. Where a choice ofmaterials or methods is permittedherein, or where variations in scope ofcharacter ofwork from that ofthe original contract are authorized, the drawings shall be marked to define the construction actually provided. The representation ofsuch change shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and details as necessary to clearly portray the asbuilt construction. Upon completion ofwork, both sets ofmark-up drawings shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer, and shall be subject to approval before acceptance. Drawings shall be updated daily. One set ofmarked prints will be returned to the Contractor with additional comments as necessary and the other set retained bythe Contracting Officer for confirmation ofthe as-built drawings. 1.3.3 As-Built Drawings As-built drawings shall contain information ofwhich shall include both the existing and the new. One set ofreproducible as-built mylar drawings and one set ofAUTOCAD drawings, Release 14 or 2000 (in zip disk or compact disk) will be submitted no later than 7 calendar days after completion ofthe project, before final payment is approved for payment. Disk shall beproperly identified to include project no. and title, name and address ofContractor with telephone and fax numbers and completion date oftheproject. As-built drawings shall be exactreproduction ofthe AutoCAD drawings and shall be verified for acceptance. 1.4 SITE INVESTIGATIONAND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THEWORK The Contractor also acknowledges that it has satisfied itselfas to the character, quality, and quantity ofthe surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection ofthe site, including all exploratory work done bythe Government, as well as from the drawings and specifications made apart of this contract. Anyfailure ofthe Contractorto take the actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph will notrelieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimatingproperlythe difficulty and cost ofsuccessfullyperforming the work, orfor proceeding to successfullyperformthe work without additional expense to the Government. 1.5 LAYING OUTWORK 1.5.1 Dimensions and elevations shall beverified bythe Contractor. Discrepancies between drawings, specifications, and existing conditions shall bereferred to the Contracting Officerprior to submitting a bid during the solicitation. Failure to make such notifications shall place responsibility upon the Contractorto carry out work in satisfactory, workmanlike manner. 1.5.2 The Contractor shall beheldresponsible for the location and elevation ofall the construction contemplatedbythe ConstructionDocuments.
01011-3REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU
1.5.3 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully check the work site, that in any way affect the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Contracting Officer for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work made necessary by failure or neglect on the Contractor's part to comply with this function shall be done at his sole expense. 1.5.4 The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate the general design necessary to complete the work required. The exact location or arrangement of underground utility lines should be established by shop drawings and is subject to minor changes necessitated by field conditions which shall be made as required without additional cost to the Government. Measurements shall be verified by actual observations at the construction site, and the Contractor shall be responsible for all work fitting into place in satisfactory and workmanlike manner meeting the approval of the Contracting Officer. 1.6 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1.6.1 Safety Program Works under this contract are potentially hazardous. Comply with the latest editions of 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1926, and COE EM 385-1-1. Submit for approval an Accident Prevention Plan and an activity Hazard Analysis. The Accident Prevention Plan shall be job specific. Implement in detail the safety requirements of the above publications. The activity Hazard Analysis shall be developed for each type of work and address the known hazards associated with the work and what controls will be implemented. With respect to hazardous materials, the plan shall consist of: 1.6.1.1 An inventory of hazardous materials including quantity to be introduced to the site. Submit to the Contracting Officer Material Safety Data Sheets for those materials prior to introducing materials to the site. 1.6.1.2 Plan for protecting personnel and property during the transport, storage and use of the materials in accordance with applicable guidelines. 1.6.1.3 Procedures for spill response and disposal in accordance with applicable guidelines. 1.6.1.4 When cranes will be needed for lifting steel, add the statement: "Do not hoist two or more separately rigged loads (Tandem or Xmastree lifting), regardless of weight" to the Accident Prevention plan. 1.6.2 Forms Submit OSHA Form 200 or other forms that contain the same information for each recordable occupational injury or illness (first aid cases not recordable), lost time accident or property damage $1,000 or more resulting from job site accidents within 6 days of an accident. Notify REPAIRMAINTRANSFORl\ffiRS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

1.5.3 Priorto commencing work, the Contractor shall carefullycheck the work site, that in any way affect the locations or elevation ofthe work to beexecutedbyhim, and should any discrepancybefound, he shall immediatelyreport the sameto the Contracting Officer for verification and adjustment. Any duplication ofwork madenecessarybyfailure or neglect onthe Contractor's partto comply with this function shallbedone at his sole expense. 1.5.4 The drawings accompanying these specifications indicate the general designnecessary to complete the workrequired. The exact location or arrangement ofunderground utility lines should be establishedby shop drawings and is subjectto minor changes necessitated byfield conditions which shall bemade as required without additional cost to the Government. Measurements shall beverified byactual observations atthe construction site, and the Contractor shall beresponsible for all work fitting into place in satisfactory and workmanlike manner meeting the approval ofthe Contracting Officer. 1.6 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1.6.1 SafetyProgram Works under this contract are potentiallyhazardous. Comply with the latest editions of29 CFR 1910,29 CFR 1926, and COE EM 385-1-1. Submitfor approval an Accident Prevention Plan and an activity Hazard Analysis. TheAccident Prevention Plan shall bejob specific. Implement in detail the safety requirements ofthe above publications. The activity Hazard Analysis shall be developed for each type ofwork and address the known hazards associated with the work and what controls will be implemented. Withrespect to hazardous materials, the plan shall consist of: 1.6.1.1 An inventory ofhazardous materials including quantityto be introduced to the site. Submit to the Contracting OfficerMaterial SafetyData Sheets for those materials prior to introducing materials to the site. 1.6.1.2 Planfor protectingpersonnel and property during the transport, storage and use ofthe materials in accordance with applicable guidelines. 1.6.1.3 Procedures for spill response and disposal in accordance with applicable guidelines. 1.6.1.4 When cranes will be needed for lifting steel, add the statement: "Do nothoist two ormore separatelyrigged loads (Tandem orXmastree lifting), regardless ofweight" to the Accident Preventionplan. 1.6.2 Forms Submit OSHA Form 200 or other forms that contain the same information for each recordable occupational injury or illness (first aid cases not recordable), lost time accident orproperty damage $1,000 or more resulting fromjob site accidents within 6 days ofan accident. Notify
01011-4PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU the Contracting Officer immediately by telephone of fatalities, major accidents, or property damage/material losses over $100,000 for each accident. The Air Force must be informed of any civilian employee/Contractor fatality, any personnel hospitalized and any government property damage. 1.6.3 Administration of Safety Program The Contractor shall confer with the Contracting Officer to develop mutual understanding relative to the Administration of the Safety Program. The Contractor shall be responsible to correct all unsafe conditions created during the progress of work. The Contractor shall submit prior to the specified preconstruction conference a written accident prevention plan on the safety provisions and precautions to be followed throughout the life of the contract. Submit items in accordance with COE EM 385-1-1. 1.6.4 Hazardous Noise Provide hazardous noise signs , as directed, whenever equipment and work procedures produce sound levels over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level. Comply with COE EM 385-1-1 , Section 05
.C, "Noise Control " Corps of Engineers
. When sound pressure level in the working area is over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level, the Contractor shall provide personal ear protection equivalent to the combination of earplugs and earmuffs to the Contractor's personnel. 1.6.5 Safety Fencing 1.6.5.1 As a minimum, the Contractor shall use high visibility (1.2 m) 4 feet high mesh safety fence made from high density polyethylene with a breakload at least (7005 N per meter) 480 pounds per foot (Services & Material brand LWBF 4100 or approved equal). The fence shall be secured to a (50 X 100 mm) 2 X 4 inch wood frame. The spacing of the frame supports shall not be more than (1.8 m) 6 feet on center
. The minimum limits of the fence shall be shown on the project drawings or as designated by the Contracting Officer. 1.6.5.2 The use of ribbon/surveyor's tape for marking construction zones is unacceptable. 1.7 WELDING No welding work shall be performed on site unless absolutely necessary
. Prior to commencing any welding, the Contractor shall obtain a welding permit from the Base Fire Department
. Coordinate with the fire department to have a fire truck on stand

-by during welding process. 1.8 PROTECTION FOR OPEN FLAME DEVICES When open flame and/or spark producing devices, i
.e., acetylene oxygen welding equipment, electric arc welding, etc ., are employed for job accomplishment, the following procedures are
01011-5 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

the Contracting Officer immediatelyby telephone offatalities, major accidents, orproperty damage/material losses over $100,000 for each accident. The Air Force must be informed of any civilian employee/Contractorfatality, any personnel hospitalized and any government property damage. 1.6.3 Administration ofSafetyProgram The Contractor shall confer with the Contracting Officerto develop mutual understanding relative to the Administration ofthe Safety Program. The Contractor shall beresponsible to correct all unsafe conditions created during the progress ofwork. The Contractor shall submit prior to the specified preconstruction conference a written accident prevention plan on the safety provisions and precautions to be followed throughout the life ofthe contract. Submit items in accordance with COEEM 385-1-1. 1.6.4 Hazardous Noise Provide hazardous noise signs, as directed, whenever equipment and work procedures produce sound levels over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level. Comply with COE EM 385-1-1, Section 05.C, "Noise Control" Corps ofEngineers. When sound pressure level in the working area is over 84 dBA continuous noise or 140 dBA peak sound level, the Contractor shall provide personal ear protection equivalent to the combination ofearplugs and earmuffs to the Contractor's personnel. 1.6.5 SafetyFencing 1.6.5.1 As aminimum, the Contractor shall use high visibility (1.2 m) 4 feet high mesh safety fence made from high densitypolyethylene with abreakload at least (7005 N per meter) 480 pounds perfoot (Services & Material brand LWBF4100 or approved equal). The fence shall be secured to a (50 X 100 mm) 2 X 4 inch wood frame. The spacing ofthe frame supports shall not be more than (1.8 m) 6 feet on center. The minimum limits ofthe fence shall be shown onthe project drawings or as designated by the Contracting Officer. 1.6.5.2 Theuse ofribbon/surveyor's tape for marking construction zones is unacceptable. 1.7 WELDING No welding work shall beperformed on site unless absolutely necessary. Prior to commencing any welding, the Contractor shall obtain a welding permit from the BaseFire Department. Coordinate with the fire department tohave a fire truck on stand-by during welding process. 1.8 PROTECTION FOR OPENFLAMEDEVICES When open flame and/or spark producing devices, i.e., acetylene oxygen welding equipment, electric arc welding, etc., are employed forjob accomplishment, the following procedures are
01011-5REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM mandatory: 1.8.1 Inspect all Surroundings and equipment to ensure that combustible substances are not present in any area where contact of metal in a temperature above the flashpoint on any compound is possible. 1.8.2 Ensure that no open containers or spills of combustible substances are present. 1.8.3 Ensure that ignition is not possible by conduction, convection, radiation, or dispersion of molten metal. 1.8.4 Proper protection equipment and practices will be used , i.e., fire-resistant blankets, wetting of surrounding area, removal of combustible materials where practicable , earth filled backing, portable fire extinguishers of proper type on hand. 1.9 FIRE PROTECTION 1.9.1 Contractor shall maintain (6.1 m) 20 feet wide clear access around construction site and storage for fire fighting equipment and vehicle. 1.9.2 The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage. All scrap materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed daily and shall not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property. 1.9.3 Fire extinguishers shall be available at each location. The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendation of NFPA Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of 2 fire extinguishers shall be available for each area of work, rated as 2A40BC. 1.9.4 Fire Codes: The Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of the national fire codes, installation fire regulations, as they relate to his work on this project. 1.10 WORK BY OTHERS 1.10.1 Work not included Except for such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part of the construction, the following work is not included in the Contract: 1.10.1.1 Any work shown, but marked "NOT IN CONTRACT" (NIC). 1.10.1.2 Any work indicated to be furnished and installed by Air Force. 1.11 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK

01011-6 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM mandatory: AJJY 00-1124

1.8.1 Inspect all Surroundings and equipment to ensure that combustible substances are not present in any area where contact ofmetal in a temperature above the flashpoint on any compound is possible. 1.8.2 Ensure that no open containers or spills ofcombustible substances are present. 1.8.3 Ensure that ignition is not possiblebyconduction, convection, radiation, or dispersion of molten metal. 1.8.4 Properprotection equipment and practices will be used, i.e., fire-resistant blankets, wetting ofsurrounding area, removal ofcombustible materials where practicable, earth filled backing, portable fire extinguishers ofproper type onhand. 1.9 FIREPROTECTION 1.9.1 Contractor shall maintain (6.1 m) 20 feet wide clear access around construction site and storage for fire fighting equipment and vehicle. 1.9.2 TheContractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage. All scrap materials, rubbish, and trash shall beremoved daily and shall notbe permittedto be scattered on adjacent property. 1.9.3 Fire extinguishers shall be available at each location. The Contractor shall providefire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendation ofNFPA Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all cases a minimum of2 fire extinguishers shall be available for each area ofwork, rated as 2A40BC. 1.9.4 Fire Codes: The Contractor shall adhere to all requirements ofthe national fire codes, installationfire regulations, as theyrelate to his work onthis project. 1.10 WORKBYOTHERS 1.10.1 Worknot included Exceptfor such auxiliary work as is shown or specified or is necessary as a part ofthe construction, the following work is not included inthe Contract: 1.10.1.1 Any work shown, butmarked "NOT IN CONTRACT" (NIC). 1.10.1.2 Any work indicated to be furnished and installedbyAirForce. 1.11 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK

01011-6PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.11.1 All existing streets and buildings to remain, and other improvements shall be protected from damage. 1.11.2 The Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any way interfere with or obstruct the ingress or egress to and from adjacent property. 1.11.3 If new work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised not to disturb or damage the existing work more than necessary

. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired, and restored to its original conditions at no cost to the Air Force and subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. 1.12 PATCHING GOVERNMENT-OWNED FACILITIES Government

-owned structures, facilities, streets, curbs, walks, etc., that are damaged or removed due to required excavations or other construction work, shall be patched, repaired or replaced, to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. 1.13 OVERLOADING The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading any part or parts of structures beyond their safe calculated carrying capacities during construction by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery, or any other item thereon. 1.14 STANDARDS 1.14.1 Any material specified by reference to the number , symbol, or title or a specific standard such as Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade associating standard, or other national standard, shall comply with the requirements in the latest revision thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on the date or invitation for proposals, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference, and except as otherwise indicated. 1.14.2 The standard referred to, except as modified in the specifications , shall have full force and effect as though printed in these specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders for the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their requirements. -1.14.2.1 Where Federal Specifications are referred to as a measure of quality and standard, they refer to Federal Specifications established by the Procurement Division of the United States Government and are available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington D.C. 20210. 1.14.2.2 Where Federal Specifications numbers are used , they refer to the latest edition including amendments thereto.

01011-7 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

1.11.1 All existing streets and buildings to remain, and other improvements shall beprotected from damage. 1.11.2 The Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity ofthe new work and shall not in any way interfere with orobstruct the ingress or egress to and from adjacentproperty. 1.11.3 Ifnew work is tobe connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised not to disturb ordamage the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall bereplaced, repaired, and restored to its original conditions at no cost to the AirForce and subjectto the approval ofthe Contracting Officer. 1.12 PATCHING GOVERNMENT-OWNED FACILITIES Government-owned structures, facilities, streets, curbs, walks, etc., that are damaged or removed due to required excavations or other construction work, shall bepatched, repaired or replaced, to the satisfaction ofthe Contracting Officer. 1.13 OVERLOADING The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading anypart or parts of structures beyond their safe calculated carrying capacities during constructionbyplacing ofmaterials, equipment, tools, machinery, or any other item thereon. 1.14 STANDARDS 1.14.1 Anymaterial specifiedbyreferencetothe number, symbol, ortitle or a specific standard such as Commercial Standard, aFederal Specification, a trade associating standard, orother national standard, shall comply with the requirements inthe latestrevision thereof, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect onthe date or invitation for proposals, except as limitedto type, class orgrade, ormodified in such reference, and except as otherwise indicated. 1.14.2 The standard referred to, except as modified inthe specifications, shall have full force and effect as though printed inthese specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders for the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to befamiliar withtheir requirements. ·1.14.2.1 Where Federal Specifications are referred to as a measure ofquality and standard, they refer to Federal Specifications establishedbythe ProcurementDivision ofthe United States Government and are available from Superintendent ofDocuments, U.S. GovernmentPrinting Office, Washington D.C. 20210. 1.14.2.2 Where Federal Specifications numbers are used, they refer to the latest edition including amendments thereto.

01011-7PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU 1.14.2.3 Where Commercial Standards are referred to as a measure of quality, standard, and method of fabrication, they refer to Commercial Standards, issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce. 1.14.2.4 Where ASTM Serial Numbers are used, they refer to the latest tentative specifications, standards specification, standard methods, or standard method of testing issued by the American Society of Testing Materials. 1.15 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE Except where test and/or inspections in connection with structural materials are specified or required by applicable laws, rules and regulations , manufacturer's certificate covering conformance with the requirements of the above mentioned Federal Specifications and Commercial Standards may be acceptable in lieu of test for such items
. Such certificates shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer for all items so specified. 1.16 STORAGE AREAS The Contractor shall provide both open and covered storage space for protection to equipment and materials necessary for the project. The Contractor will be required to have chain link fencing around the storage area. The Government will not be responsible for the security of those materials
. Area assigned shall be kept clean of trash at all times. The grass within (15.24 m) 50 feet around the storage area, shall be mowed every fifteen ( 15) days or otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer during the duration of the contract and before turning over the area to the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative. 1.17 UTILITY OUTAGES All electrical/water/sewer outages must be requested in writing to the Contracting Officer at least 14 calendar days in advance of the outages. 1.18 FACILITY OUTAGES Maximum allowable outage for one transformer is 2 weeks
. Outages shall be scheduled so that no more than 1 transformer will be out of service at a time. Outage schedule shall be received 2 weeks in advance to allow the Air Force to review schedule. The Contractor shall call each utility owner 24 hours in advance to finalize coordination of said utility. 1.19 SUBMITTALS The Contractor will provide to the Contracting Officer, within 15 calendar days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed, a copy of the Schedule of Materials Submittals, AF Forms 66, with the "Required Submission Date" column completed
. The Contractor will establish required submission dates for each submittal item consistent with timely construction completion. Once established, the schedule will be used by the Government to monitor Contractor
01011-8 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

1.14.2.3 Where Commercial Standards are referred to as a measure ofquality, standard, and method offabrication, they refer to Commercial Standards, issued bythe U.S. Department of Commerce. 1.14.2.4 Where ASTM Serial Numbers are used, they refer to the latest tentative specifications, standards specification, standard methods, or standard method oftesting issued bythe American Society ofTesting Materials. 1.15 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE Except where test and/or inspections in connection with structural materials are specified or required by applicable laws, rules and regulations, manufacturer's certificate covering conformance with the requirements ofthe above mentioned Federal Specifications and Commercial Standards may be acceptable in lieu oftest for such items. Such certificates shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer for all items so specified. 1.16 STORAGEAREAS The Contractor shall provideboth open and covered storage space for protection to equipment and materials necessary for the project. The Contractor will be required to have chain link fencing around the storage area. The Government will not beresponsible for the security of those materials. Area assigned shall bekept clean oftrash at all times. The grass within (15.24 m) 50 feet around the storage area, shall be mowed every fifteen (15) days or otherwise directed bythe Contracting Officer during the duration ofthe contract and before turning over the areato the Contracting Officer orhis authorized representative. 1.17 UTILITY OUTAGES All electrical/water/sewer outages must be requested in writing to the Contracting Officer at least 14 calendar days in advance ofthe outages. 1.18 FACILITY OUTAGES Maximum allowable outage for one transformer is 2 weeks. Outages shall be scheduled so that no more than 1transformer will be out ofservice at a time. Outage schedule shall be received 2 weeks in advance to allow the Air Force to review schedule. The Contractor shall call each utility owner 24 hours in advance to finalize coordination ofsaid utility. 1.19 SUBMITTALS The Contractor will provide to the Contracting Officer, within 15 calendar days after receipt ofthe Notice to Proceed, a copy ofthe Schedule ofMaterials Submittals, AF Forms 66, with the "Required SubmissionDate" column completed. The Contractor will establish required submission dates for each submittal item consistent with timely construction completion. Once established, the schedule will beused by the Government to monitor Contractor
01011-SPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GU performance. Where there may be a conflict between the schedule of material submittals and project specifications, the specifications shall govern the Contractor actions. 1.19.1 Haul Route Contractor shall submit a plan showing proposed haul route to be approved by Contracting Officer. 1.20 CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FORM Work shall not commence prior to the Contractors routing and coordination of the Base Civil Engineer Work Clearance (AF Form 103). The Contractor shall phase work when there are multiple excavation sites on the approved AF Form 103. Both on and off Base coordination is the sole responsibility of the Contractor before commencement of work. 1.21 DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETEThe Contractor shall give the Contracting Officer five (5) days advance notice for all readymixed concrete deliveries. 1.22 LIMITATIONS TO DELIVERY OF READY-MIXED CONCRETE Ready-mixed concrete twenty cubic yards or more in volume shall not be delivered on base after 1400 hours. 1.23 BURYING OF CABLES Unless otherwise detailed on plan, no cables and cables in conduits shall be buried less than (610 mm) 24 inches below grade. 1.24 DETECTION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS In the event that the Contractor encounters suspect asbestos containing materials in the job site, the Contracting Officer shall be notified immediately by the Contractor. 1.25 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor shall designate and assign an on-site superintendent to be present at all times during the construction. The superintendent shall be authorized to make legally binding agreements and shall be fluent in the English language. An alternate superintendent who shall have the same qualifications and duties as the superintendent shall be appointed by the Contractor
. Appointments of superintendent and the alternate shall be made in writing with copy furnished to the Contracting Officer. 1.26 STORM AND EARTHQUAKE PROVISIONS

01011-9 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
performance. Where there may be a conflict between the schedule ofmaterial submittals and project specifications, the specifications shall govern the Contractor actions. 1.19.1 Haul Route Contractor shall submit a plan showing proposed haul route to be approved by Contracting Officer. 1.20 CONSTRUCTIONPERMIT FORM Work shall not commence prior to the Contractors routing and coordination ofthe Base Civil Engineer Work Clearance (AF Form 103). The Contractor shall phase work when there are multiple excavation sites on the approved AF Form 103. Both on and offBase coordination is the sole responsibility ofthe Contractor before commencement ofwork. 1.21 DELIVERY OFREADY-MIXED CONCRETE The Contractor shall give the Contracting Officer five (5) days advance notice for all readymixed concrete deliveries. 1.22 LIMITATIONS TO DELIVERY OFREADY-MIXED CONCRETE Ready-mixed concrete twenty cubic yards or more in volume shall not be delivered onbase after 1400hours. 1.23 BURYING OF CABLES Unless otherwise detailed onplan, no cables and cables in conduits shall be buried less than (610 mm) 24 inches below grade. 1.24 DETECTION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS In the event that the Contractor encounters suspect asbestos containing materials in thejob site, the Contracting Officer shall be notified immediatelybythe Contractor. 1.25 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The Contractor shall designate and assign an on-site superintendent to be present at all times during the construction. The superintendent shall be authorized to make legallybinding agreements and shall be fluent in the English language. An alternate superintendent who shall have the same qualifications and duties as the superintendent shall be appointed bythe Contractor. Appointments ofsuperintendent and the alternate shall be made in writing with copy furnished to the Contracting Officer. 1.26 STORMAND EARTHQUAKEPROVISIONS
01011-9PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.26.1 Storm Provisions Should warnings of wind of tropical storm force or stronger (Tropical Storm Condition 3/TYCOR3) be issued, the Contractor shall take every practicable precaution to minimize danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent property. These precautions shall include, but not be limited to the removal of all loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations, and removing or securing other temporary work. 1.26.2 Earthquake Provisions All temporary work, loose materials, tools and equipment shall be maintained such that damage shall be minimized in the event of an earthquake. 1.27 CORROSION CONTROL All exposed metal surfaces and structures shall be provided with corrosion inhibiting primer coats and two finish coats of corrosion protective paints. 1.28 DEBRIS The Contractor shall maintain the site free of all debris
. The Contractor at the end of each day, shall remove all debris resulting from his work or any wind blown debris from his areas of operation
. All non-recyclable debris resulting from the project shall be disposed of at the on-base landfill. Materials to be disposed shall be cut or disassembled into small pieces that would be of acceptable size for disposal at the landfill
. The Andersen Air Force Base landfill's hours of operation are 7:30 AM to 3:30 PM Monday through Friday. 1.29 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS Construction debris should be separated into categories and taken to the landfill and placed in the proper areas as instructed by the landfill operators. This debris includes metal, wood, and concrete and gravel. 1.30 RECYCLABLE MATERIALS Recyclable material on Andersen Air Force Base consists of aluminum cans, cardboard, paper, and glass. Items should be separated before being taken to the Andersen Air Force Base Recycle Center. Hours of operation for the Recycle Center are 0700 to 1600. 1.31 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION The Contractor shall ensure that all operations and practices performed under this contract comply with Federal and Government of Guam Environmental Protection Agency directives

01011-10 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.26.1 StormProvisions AJJY00-1124

Should warnings ofwind oftropical storm force or stronger (Tropical Storm Condition 3/TYCOR3) be issued, the Contractor shall take everypracticable precaution to minimize danger to persons, to the work, and to adjacent property. These precautions shall include, but notbe limited to the removal ofall loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations, and removing or securing other temporary work. 1.26.2 EarthquakeProvisions All temporary work, loose materials, tools and equipment shall be maintained such that damage shall be minimized in the event ofan earthquake. 1.27 CORROSION CONTROL All exposedmetal surfaces and structures shall beprovided with corrosioninhibiting primer coats and two finish coats ofcorrosionprotectivepaints. 1.28 DEBRIS The Contractor shall maintain the site free ofall debris. The Contractor at the end ofeach day, shall remove all debris resulting from his work or any windblown debris from his areas ofoperation. All non-recyclable debris resulting from the project shall be disposed ofat the on-base landfill. Materials to be disposed shall be cut or disassembled into small pieces that would be ofacceptable size for disposal at the landfill. TheAndersen Air Force Base landfill's hours ofoperation are 7:30 AM to 3:30 PM Monday through Friday. 1.29 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS Construction debris shouldbe separated into categories and taken to the landfill and placed in the proper areas as instructed bythe landfill operators. This debris includes metal, wood, and concrete and gravel. 1.30 RECYCLABLE MATERIALS Recyclable material on Andersen AirForce Base consists ofaluminum cans, cardboard, paper, and glass. Items shouldbe separatedbeforebeingtakentotheAndersenAirForce BaseRecycle Center. Hours ofoperation for the Recycle Center are 0700 to 1600. 1.31 ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTION The Contractor shall ensure that all operations and practices performed underthis contract comply with Federal and Government ofGuamEnvironmental ProtectionAgency directives

01011-10PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
applicable to the project
. Contractor shall ensure that hazardous material usage is identified an reported to the HAZMART according to the local procedures. Refer all environmental questions to the Contracting Officer. 1.32 SECURITY PROCEDURES All activities on Andersen AFB are subject to periodic drills and alerts. AF Form 75 (Visitor's Pass) shall be displayed in front of the windshield at all times while vehicle is on base. All vehicles may be inspected upon entering the base. The degree of inspection may vary from day to day, depending on threat conditions and military exercises. The Contractor shall be advised of base entry procedures and necessary security actions at the pre-performance conference. 1.33 RESTRICTED ACCESS AREAS Work is required in restricted access area
. The Contracting Officer shall monitor contract performance during the entire contract period
. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer 14 calendar days prior to commencement of working in this area, including any breaks between work. Government escorts will be provided as necessary. 1.34 UTILITY SERVICES Unless otherwise directed in the contract documents, all reasonable quantities of utilities required for work operations that are available from Government sources will be made available to the Contractor without charge. In the event of a power outage, the Contractor is responsible for providing utilities at the Contractor's expense. 1.35 NOTIFICATION BEFORE STARTING ON-SITE WORK The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to starting on

-site work. 1.36 PREPARATION OF MATERIAL APPROVAL SUBMITTALS The submittals contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236

-5 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Material and Workmanship" shall be accomplished in accordance with instructions pertaining to AF Form 3000, Material Approval Submittal
. The Contractor is responsible for the submission of all required submittals, whether or not they are listed on the Materials Submittal list found in the contract specifications. 1.37 PREPARATION OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS The reports contemplated by the clause, FAR 52.236-15 (APR 1984) herein titled, "Schedules for Construction Contracts " shall be accomplished on and in accordance with instructions pertaining to AF Form 3064, Contract Progress Schedule and AF Form 3065, Contract Progress Report.
01011-11 REPAIRMAINTRANSFORl\1ERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
applicable to the project. Contractor shall ensure that hazardous material usage is identified and reported to the HAZMART according to the local procedures. Refer all environmental questions to the Contracting Officer. 1.32 SECURITY PROCEDURES All activities onAndersenAFB are subjectto periodic drills and alerts. AFForm 75 (Visitor's Pass) shall be displayed in front ofthe windshield at all times while vehicle is onbase. All vehicles maybe inspectedupon entering the base. Thedegree ofinspection may vary from day to day, depending onthreat conditions and military exercises. The Contractor shall be advised of base entryprocedures and necessary security actions atthepre-performance conference. 1.33 RESTRICTED ACCESS AREAS Work is required in restricted access area. The Contracting Officer shall monitor contract performance during the entire contractperiod. The Contractor shall notifythe Contracting Officer 14 calendar days priorto commencement ofworking in this area, including anybreaks betweenwork. Government escorts will beprovided as necessary. 1.34 UTILITY SERVICES Unless otherwise directed inthe contract documents, all reasonable quantities ofutilities required for work operations that are available from Government sources will bemade available to the Contractor without charge. Inthe event ofapoweroutage, the Contractor is responsible for providing utilities atthe Contractor's expense. 1.35 NOTIFICATION BEFORESTARTING ON-SITEWORK The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer a minimum of7 calendar days priorto starting on-site work. 1.36 PREPARATION OFMATERIALAPPROVAL SUBMITTALS The submittals contemplatedbythe clause, FAR 52.236-5 (APR 1984)herein titled, "Material and Workmanship" shallbe accomplished in accordance with instructions pertaining to AFForm 3000, Material Approval Submittal. The Contractor is responsible for the submission ofall required submittals, whether ornot they are listed ontheMaterials Submittal listfound inthe contract specifications. 1.37 PREPARATION OFPROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS Thereports contemplatedbythe clause, FAR 52.236-15 (APR 1984)hereintitled, "Schedules for ConstructionContracts" shall be accomplished on and in accordance with instructions pertaining to AFForm 3064, ContractProgress Schedule and AFForm 3065, ContractProgress Report.
01011-11PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM The Contract Progress Schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer within fourteen (14) calendar days prior to starting on-site work. 1.38 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS 1.38.1 Starting Systems a. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. b. Notify Contracting Officer seven days prior to start-up of each item. c. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. d. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. e. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. f. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible Contractor's personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. g. When specified in individual specification Sections , require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. h. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01330 that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.38.2 Demonstration and Instructions a. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. b. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. c. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at designated location.

01011-12 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSENAFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

The ContractProgress Schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer within fourteen (14) calendar days priorto starting on-site work. 1.38 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS 1.38.1 Starting Systems
a. Coordinate schedulefor start-up ofvarious equipment and systems. b. Notify Contracting Officer seven days priorto start-up ofeach item.
c. Verifythat each piece ofequipment or systemhas been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belttension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. d. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required bythe equipment or system manufacturer.
e. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. f. Execute start-up under supervision ofresponsible Contractor's personnel in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. g. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturerto provide authorized representative to bepresent at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installationprior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. h. Submit a written report in accordance with Section01330 that equipment or system has beenproperly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.38.2 Demonstration and Instructions
a. Demonstrate operation and maintenance ofProducts to Owner's personnel two weeks priorto date ofSubstantial Completion. b. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents ofmanual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects ofoperation and maintenance.
c. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown ofeach item ofequipment at scheduled times, at designated location.

01011-12PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM d. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.3 8.3 Acceptance Test 1.38.3.1 All test shall be done in the presence of the Contracting Officer and authorized representative
. Perform acceptance tests and inspections on applicable equipment and systems specified in the following sections. a. Interior Distribution System: Section 16402. 1.38.4 Test Reports Acceptance tests and inspections; Submit certified copies of inspection reports and test reports

. Reports shall include certification of compliance with specified requirements , identify deficiencies, and recommend corrective action when appropriate
. Type and neatly bind test reports to form a part of the final record. Submit test reports documenting the results of each test not more than 10 days after test is completed. 1.38.5 The Contractor must request for a final inspection at least five (5) working days prior to the desired inspection date. This request must be in writing addressed to the Contracting Officer. -- End of Section --

01011-13 REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

d. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional databecomes apparent during instruction. 1.38.3 Acceptance Test 1.38.3.1 All test shall bedone in the presence ofthe Contracting Officer and authorized representative. Perform acceptance tests and inspections on applicable equipment and systems specified inthe following sections.
a. Interior Distribution System: Section 16402. 1.38.4 TestReports Acceptance tests and inspections; Submit certified copies ofinspectionreports and test reports. Reports shall include certification ofcompliance with specifiedrequirements, identify deficiencies, and recommend corrective action when appropriate. Type and neatlybind testreports to form a part ofthe final record. Submit test reports documenting the results ofeach test not morethan 10 days after test is completed. 1.38.5 The Contractormustrequest for a final inspection at least five (5) working days priorto the desired inspection date. This request mustbein writing addressed to the Contracting Officer.

-- End ofSection

01011-13REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 Submittal Shop drawings , product data, samples, and administrative submittals presented for review and approval. 1.1.2 Types of Submittals All submittals are classified as indicated in paragraph "Schedule of Submittal Descriptions". Submittals also are grouped as follows: a. Shop drawings : As used in this section, drawings , schedules, diagrams, and other data prepared specifically for this contract, by Contractor or through Contractor by way of subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor, or other lower tier Contractor, to illustrate portion of work. b. Product data: Preprinted material such as illustrations , standard schedules, performance charts, instructions , brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's descriptive literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate portion of work, but not prepared exclusively for this contract. c. Samples: Physical examples of products , materials, equipment, assemblies, or workmanship that are physically identical to portion of work, illustrating portion of work or establishing standards for evaluating appearance of finished work or both. d. Administrative submittals: Data presented for reviews and approval to ensure that administrative requirements of project are adequately met but not to ensure directly that work is in accordance with design concept and in compliance with contract documents. 1.1.3 Approving Authority Contracting Officer.

01330-1 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALPROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 Submittal 

### AJJY00-1124

Shop drawings, product data, samples, and administrative submittals presented for review and approval. 1.1.2 Types ofSubmittals

All submittals are classified as indicated in paragraph "Schedule ofSubmittal Descriptions". Submittals also are grouped as follows:
a. Shop drawings: As used in this section, drawings, schedules, diagrams, and other data prepared specifically for this contract, by Contractor or through Contractorby way ofsubcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, distributor, or other lower tier Contractor, to illustrate portion ofwork. b. Product data: Preprinted material such as illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, manufacturer's descriptive literature, catalog data, and other data to illustrate portion ofwork, but not prepared exclusively for this contract.
c. Samples: Physical examples ofproducts, materials, equipment, assemblies, or workmanship that are physically identical to portion ofwork, illustrating portion ofwork or establishing standards for evaluating appearance offinished work or both. d. Administrative submittals: Datapresented for reviews and approval to ensure that administrative requirements ofproject are adequately metbut not to ensure directly that work is in accordance with design concept and in compliance with contract documents. 1.1.3 Approving Authority

Contracting Officer.



### 01330-1REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.1.4 Work As used in this section, on- and off-site construction required by contract documents , including labor necessary to produce construction and materials , products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with the requirements of this section. 1.2.1 Records a. Submittal register 1.2.1.1 Submittal Register State for each submittal the Contractor's planned submittal date. Submit within 15 days after notice to proceed. Insert dates on copies of the "Submittal Register." Obtain the original from the following source: a. From a register with submittal items filled in which will be available from the Contracting Officer at the time of the notice to proceed. 1.3 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS 1.3.1 Transmittal Form Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to the Contracting Officer. Transmit submittals with transmittal form prescribed by Contracting Officer and standard for project. The transmittal form shall identify Contractor, indicate date of submittal, and include information prescribed by transmittal form and required in paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." 1.3.2 Identifying Submittals Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the following information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate component of each submittal and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy of each submittal identically, with the following: a. Project title and location. b. Construction contract number. c. Section number of the specification section by which submittal is required.
01330-2 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
l.1.4 Work 

### AJJY00-1124

As used in this section, on- and off-site constructionrequired by contract documents, including labor necessary to produce construction and materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated orto be incorporated in such construction. l.2 SUBMITTALS Submitthe following in accordance with the requirements ofthis section. l.2.1 Records
a. Submittal register 1.2.1.1 Submittal Register State for each submittal the Contractor's planned submittal date. Submit within 15 days after notice to proceed. Insert dates on copies ofthe "Submittal Register." Obtain the original from the following source:
a. From a register with submittal items filled in which will be available from the Contracting Officer at the time ofthe notice to proceed. l.3 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS l.3.1 Transmittal Form Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels, to the Contracting Officer. Transmit submittals with transmittal form prescribed by Contracting Officer and standard for project. The transmittal form shall identify Contractor, indicate date ofsubmittal, and include information prescribed bytransmittal form and required in paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." l.3.2 Identifying Submittals Identify submittals, except sample panel and sample installation, with the following informationpermanently adhered to ornoted on each separate component ofeach submittal and noted ontransmittal form. Mark each copy ofeach submittal identically, with the following:
a. Project title and location. b. Construction contract number.
c. Section number ofthe specification sectionby which submittal is required.


### 01330-2REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
d. Submittal description number of each component of submittal. e. When a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description to indicate resubmission. Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer and any other second tier Contractor associated with submittal.
g. Product identification and location in project. 1.3.3 Format for Product Data a. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete, bound volume. Include table of contents , listing page and catalog item numbers for product data. b. Indicate, by prominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate specification section number and paragraph number to which it pertains. c. Supplement product data with material prepared for project to satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not exist
. Identify this material as developed specifically for project. 1.3.4 Format for Shop Drawings a. Shop drawings shall not be less than A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 1/2 by 11 inches nor more than AO (1189 by 841 mm) 30 by 42 inches. b. Present A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 1/2 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part of the bound volume for submittals required by section
. Present larger drawings in sets. c. Include on each drawing the drawing title , number, date, and revision numbers and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." d. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings ; prepare drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Identify materials and products for work shown. 1.3.5 Format of Samples a. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or unless the manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately same size as specified: ( 1) Sample of Equipment or Device: Full size.
01330-3 

### REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

d. Submittal description number ofeach component ofsubmittal. 

### AJJY00-1124

e. When a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description to indicate resubmission. f. Name, address, and telephone number ofsubcontractor, supplier, manufacturer and any other second tier Contractor associated with submittal. g. Product identification and location in project. 1.3.3 Format for Product Data
a. Present product data submittals for each section as a complete, bound volume. Include table ofcontents, listing page and catalog item numbers for product data. b. Indicate, byprominent notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate specification section number and paragraph numberto which it pertains.
c. Supplementproduct data with material prepared for project to satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not exist. Identify this material as developed specifically for project. 1.3.4 Format for Shop Drawings
a. Shop drawings shall not be less than A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 112 by 11 inches nor more than AO (1189 by 841 mm) 30 by42 inches. b. Present A4 (297 by 210 mm) 8 112 by 11 inches sized shop drawings as part ofthe bound volume for submittals required by section. Present larger drawings in sets.
c. Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision numbers and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph entitled "Identifying Submittals." d. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings; prepare drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Identify materials and products for work shown. 1.3.5 Format ofSamples
a. Furnish samples in sizes below, unless otherwise specified or unless the manufacturerhas prepackaged samples ofapproximately same size as specified: (1) Sample ofEquipment or Device: Full size.


### 01330-3REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(2) Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: (250 mm) 10 inch length or length to be supplied, if less than (250 mm) 10 inches. Examples of linear devices or materials are conduit and handrails.

1.3.6 b. Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if so specified or

indicated
. Incorporated samples shall be in undamaged condition at time of use. c. Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation of area constituting sample installation but remove notation at final clean up of project. Format of Administrative Submittals When submittal includes a document which is to be used in project or become part of project record, other than as a submittal, do not apply Contractor's approval stamp to document, but to a separate sheet accompanying document. 1.4 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Number of Copies of Product Data Submit four copies of submittals of product data requiring review and approval by the Contracting Officer. 1.4.2 Number of Copies of Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings in compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data. 1.4.3 Number of Samples a. Submit two samples of each required item. One approved sample or set of samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to the Contractor. b. Submit one sample installation, where directed. 1.4.4 Number of Copies of Administrative Submittals Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTIONS 1.5.1 Data

01330-4 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

(2) Sample ofLinear Devices or Materials: (250 mm) 10 inch length or length to be supplied, ifless than (250 mm) 10 inches. Examples oflinear devices or materials are conduit and handrails. b. Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only ifso specified or indicated. Incorporated samples shall be in undamaged condition at time ofuse.
c. Recording ofSample Installation: Note and preserve the notation ofarea constituting sample installation but remove notation at final clean up ofproject. 1.3.6 Format ofAdministrative Submittals When submittal includes a document which is to beused in project or become part ofproject record, other than as a submittal, do not apply Contractor's approval stamp to document, but to a separate sheet accompanying document. 1.4 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Number ofCopies ofProduct Data Submit four copies ofsubmittals ofproduct data requiring review and approval bythe Contracting Officer. 1.4.2 Number ofCopies ofShop Drawings

Submit shop drawings in compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data. 1.4.3 Number ofSamples
a. Submit two samples ofeach required item. One approved sample or set of samples will be retained by approving authority and one will be returned to the Contractor. b. Submit one sample installation, where directed. 1.4.4 Number ofCopies ofAdministrative Submittals Unless otherwise specified, submit administrative submittals compliance with quantity requirements specified for product data. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALDESCRIPTIONS 1.5.1 Data

01330-4REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
Submittals which provide calculations, descriptions, or other documentation regarding the work. 1.5.2 Manufacturer's Catalog Data Data composed of catalog cuts, brochures , circulars, specifications and product data, and printed information in sufficient detail and scope to verify compliance with requirements of the contract documents. A type of product data. 1.5.3 Drawings Submittals which graphically show relationship of various components of the work , schematic diagrams of systems, detail of fabrications , layout of particular elements, connections, and other relational aspects of the work. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.4 Design Data Design calculations , mix designs, analyses, or other data, written in nature and pertaining to a part of the work. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.5 Instructions Preprinted material describing installation of a product , system, or material, including special notices and Material Safety Data Sheets, if any, concerning impedances, hazards, and safety precautions . A type ofproduct data. 1.5.6 Schedules A tabular list of data or tabular list including location, features, or other pertinent information regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to be used in the work
. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.7 Statements A document, required of the Contractor, or through the Contractor by way of a supplier, installer, manufacturer, or other lower tier Contractor, the purpose of which is to further the quality or orderly progression of a portion of the work by documenting procedures, acceptability of methods or personnel, qualifications , or other verification of quality. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.8 Reports Reports of inspection and laboratory test, including analysis and interpretation of test results. Each report shall be properly identified
. Test methods used and compliance with recognized test standards shall be described.
01330-5 REPAIR MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

Submittals which provide calculations, descriptions, or other documentation regarding the work. 1.5.2 Manufacturer's Catalog Data

Data composed ofcatalog cuts, brochures, circulars, specifications and product data, and printed information in sufficient detail and scope to verify compliance with requirements of the contract documents. A type ofproduct data. 1.5.3 Drawings Submittals which graphically show relationship ofvarious components ofthe work, schematic diagrams ofsystems, detail offabrications, layout ofparticular elements, connections, and other relational aspects ofthe work. A type ofshop drawing. 1.5.4 Design Data

Design calculations, mix designs, analyses, or other data, written in nature and pertaining to a part ofthe work. A type ofshop drawing. 1.5.5 Instructions

Preprinted material describing installation ofa product, system, or material, including special notices and Material Safety Data Sheets, ifany, concerning impedances, hazards, and safety precautions. A type ofproduct data. 1.5.6 Schedules A tabular list ofdata ortabular list including location, features, or other pertinent information regarding products, materials, equipment, or components to beused in the work. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.7 Statements A document, required ofthe Contractor, or through the Contractor by way ofa supplier, installer, manufacturer, or other lower tier Contractor, the purpose ofwhich is to further the quality or orderly progression ofa portion ofthe work by documenting procedures, acceptability ofmethods or personnel, qualifications, or other verification ofquality. A type ofshop drawing. 1.5.8 Reports

Reports ofinspection and laboratory test, including analysis and interpretation oftest results. Each report shall be properly identified. Test methods used and compliance with recognized test standards shall be described.
01330-5REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.9 Test Reports A report signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory that a material, product, or system identical to the material, product or system to be provided has been tested in accordance with requirements specified by naming the test method and material. The test report must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements ; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. Testing must have been within three years of the date of award of this Contract. A type of product data. 1.5.10 Factory Test Reports A written report which includes the findings of a test required to be performed by the Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for this project before it is shipped to the job site. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.11 Field Test Reports A written report which includes the findings of a test made at the job site, in the vicinity of the job site, or on a sample taken from the job site, on a portion of the work, during or after installation. The report must be signed by an authorized official of a testing laboratory or agency and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.12 Certificates Statements signed by responsible officials of a manufacturer of a product, system, or material attesting that the product, system, or material meet specified requirements. The statements must be dated after the award of this contract, name the project , and list the specific requirements which it is intended to address
. A type of shop drawing. 1.5.13 Samples Samples, including both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials , products, and units of work as complete units or as portions of units of work. A type of sample. 1.5.14 Sample Installations A portion of an assembly or material constructed where directed and, if approved, retained as a part of the work. A type of sample. 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.9 Test Reports 

### AJJY 00-1124

A report signed by an authorized official ofa testing laboratory that a material, product, or system identical to the material, product or system to beprovided has been tested in accordance with requirements specified bynaming the test method and material. The test report must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. Testing musthave been within three years ofthe date ofaward ofthis Contract. A type of product data. 1.5.10 Factory Test Reports

A writtenreport which includes the findings ofa test required to be performed bythe Contractor on an actual portion ofthe work or prototype prepared for this project before it is shipped to thejob site. Thereport must be signed by an authorized official ofa testing laboratory and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or system has passed or failed the test. A type ofshop drawing. 1.5.11 Field Test Reports

A written report which includes the findings ofa test made at thejob site, in the vicinity ofthe job site, or on a sample taken from thejob site, on a portion ofthe work, during or after installation. Thereport must be signed by an authorized official ofa testing laboratory or agency and must state the test was performed in accordance with the test requirements; state the test results; and indicate whether the material, product, or systemhas passed orfailed the test. A type ofshop drawing. 1.5.12 Certificates Statements signed by responsible officials ofa manufacturer ofa product, system, or material attesting that the product, system, or material meet specified requirements. The statements must be dated after the award ofthis contract, name the project, and list the specific requirements which it is intended to address. A type ofshop drawing
. .1.5.13 Samples Samples, including both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples ofmaterials, products, and units ofwork as complete units or as portions ofunits ofwork. A type ofsample. 1.5.14 Sample Installations A portion ofan assembly or material constructed where directed and, ifapproved, retained as apart ofthe work. A type ofsample.


### 01330-6REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.15 Records Documentation to ensure compliance with an administrative requirement or to establish an administrative mechanism. A type of administrative submittal. 1.5.16 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Data intended to be incorporated in an Operations and Maintenance Manual . A type of administrative submittal. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. -- End of Section --

01330-7 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5.15 Records 

### AJJY00-1124

Documentation to ensure compliance with an administrative requirement or to establish an administrative mechanism. A type ofadministrative submittal. 1.5.16 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Data intended to be incorporated in an Operations and Maintenance Manual. A type of administrative submittal. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used.

-- End ofSection

--



### 01330-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS All testing shall be divided into three (3) categories as follows: 1. Field tests made at, or in the vicinity of, the jobsite in connection with the actual construction, including but not limited to , compaction testing, concrete slump, and other field tests needed in the construction process. 2. Factory tests made at the point of manufacture of various products which are shipped to the jobsite as a unit, as required by the Contracting Officer. 3. Certified tests made by approved testing agencies on material and/or equipment, which is to be incorporated into structures under the contract. These tests are those such as are performed by Factory Mutual, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and others. (1) Field Tests: (1) Field Tests by the Contractor: The Contractor shall perform all field testing and certify results, specifically required of him in the contract specifications and all field tests required by the "Applicable Publications" referenced in the contract specification
. Cost of testing shall be borne by the Contractor
. He shall furnish all equipment , instruments, qualified personnel and facilities necessary to perform all tests required by the Contract Documents
. Testing services shall be performed by the Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial testing laboratory. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to perform tests under this contract, all test reports shall be performed by the Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial testing laboratory
. If a commercial testing laboratory is retained to perform tests under this contract , all test reports shall be certified by a representative of the testing laboratory, who is authorized to sign certified test reports for the laboratory
. Test reports shall include the acceptable value for each specification item, the actual test results obtained, the methods used, and a statement that the product conforms (or does not conform to the specification requirements). (2) Factory Tests: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory tests, when they are required. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS All testing shall be divided into three (3) categories as follows: 1. Field tests made at, or in the vicinity of, thejobsite in connection with the actual construction, including but not limited to, compaction testing, concrete slump, and other field tests needed in the construction process. 2. Factory tests made at the point ofmanufacture ofvarious products which are shipped to thejobsite as a unit, as required by the Contracting Officer. 3. Certified tests made by approved testing agencies on material and/or equipment, which is to be incorporated into structures under the contract. These tests are those such as are performed byFactory Mutual, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and others.

(1) Field Tests: (1) Field Tests bythe Contractor:The Contractor shall perform all field testing and certify results, specifically required ofhim in the contract specifications and all field tests required bythe "Applicable Publications" referenced in the contract specification. Cost oftesting shall beborne by the Contractor. He shall furnish all equipment, instruments, qualified personnel and facilities necessary to perform all tests required bythe Contract Documents. Testing services shall beperformed by the Contractor or acquired bythe Contractor through a qualified commercial testing laboratory. Ifa commercial testing laboratory is retained to perform tests under this contract, all testreports shall beperformed bythe Contractor or acquired by the Contractor through a qualified commercial testing laboratory. Ifa commercial testing laboratory is retained to perform tests under this contract, all test reports shall be certified by a representative ofthe testing laboratory, who is authorized to sign certified test reports for the laboratory. Testreports shall include the acceptable value for each specification item, the actual test results obtained, the methods used, and a statement that the product conforms (or does not conform to the specification requirements). (2) Factory Tests: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory tests, when they are required.


### 01400-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(3) Manufacturer's Certified Tests: Certified tests on materials to be incorporated into the work will be acceptable, provided they are performed by the manufacturer or by Owner approved agencies or laboratories, show that the materials conform to the specification, and that the tests and certifications meet the requirements of the paragraph entitled "Certificates and Certifications" below. (4) Owner Approval of Laboratories: All laboratory work performed under this contract shall be done by a laboratory approved by the Owner, whether the laboratory is employed by the Contractor or by others, or is owned and operated by the Contractor. The basis of approval includes the following: (1) Laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel and bituminous materials must conform to American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation E329-77. (2) Laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel or bituminous materials must conform to Sections 3 and 4 of ASTM Designation E329-77. 1.2 INSPECTION All inspections shall be divided into two (2) categories as follows: 1.2.1 Field Inspection Field inspection is that inspection in the vicinity of the jobsite which, when performed properly, will result in the complete compliance of all work-in-place with the contract drawings and specifications. 1.2.1.1 Contractor Field Inspection: The Contractor or his designated representative, shall inspect all work under this contract. 1.2.1.2 Owner Field Inspection: The Owner or his/her authorized representative will perform inspection of this project. .1.2.2 Factory Inspection Factory inspection is that inspection of the point of manufacture of the various products which are shipped to the jobsite, including but not limited to, such items as electrical equipment. 1.2.2.1 Factory inspection: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory inspection, when it is required.

01400-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

(3) Manufacturer's Certified Tests: Certified tests on materials to be incorporated into the work will be acceptable, provided they are performed bythe manufacturer orby Owner approved agencies or laboratories, show that the materials conform to the specification, and that the tests and certifications meet the requirements ofthe paragraph entitled "Certificates and Certifications" below. (4) OwnerApproval ofLaboratories: All laboratory work performed under this contract shall be done by a laboratory approved by the Owner, whether the laboratory is employed by the Contractor orby others, or is owned and operated by the Contractor. The basis ofapproval includes the following: (1) Laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel and bituminous materials must conform to American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) DesignationE329-77. (2) Laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel or bituminous materials must conform to Sections 3 and 4 ofASTM Designation E329-77. 1.2 INSPECTION All inspections shall be divided into two (2) categories as follows: 1.2.1 Field Inspection Field inspection is that inspection in the vicinity ofthejobsite which, when performed properly, will result in the complete compliance ofall work-in-place with the contract drawings and specifications. 1.2.1.1 Contractor Field Inspection: The Contractor orhis designated representative, shall inspect all workunder this contract. 1.2.1.2 Owner Field Inspection: The Owner orhislher authorized representative will perform inspection ofthis project.

.1.2.2 Factory Inspection Factory inspection is that inspection ofthe point ofmanufacture ofthe various products which are shipped to thejobsite, including but not limited to, such items as electrical equipment. 1.2.2.1 Factory inspection: The Contracting Officer will arrange for factory inspection, when it is required.



### 01400-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG CUTS All shop drawings, and catalog cuts required by the technical sections of the contract specifications shall be approved by the Contracting Officer prior to being incorporated in the Contract. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION Each item which is to be incorporated into the Contract shall be clearly marked and identified in the catalog cut Submittal, and shall be cross

-referenced to the contract drawings and specifications so as to identify clearly the use for which it is intended. 1.5 SAMPLES Samples of materials shall be prepared and submitted as required
. The Contractor shall check and approve all samples of material and/or equipment proposed for incorporation into the project
. The samples shall be identified as to their intended use, and shall be accompanied by a letter of certification from the Contractor stating that the samples comply with the contract drawings and specifications. 1.6 CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS Manufacturer's certification may be furnished by the Contractor, on items of materials and equipment incorporated into the work, only when this method will assure full compliance with the provisions of the contract, as determined by the Owner. Pre-printed certifications are not acceptable
. All certifications shall be in the original
. The original of all manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate item of equipment or material, specification, standard or other document specified as controlling the quality of that item and shall have attached thereto certified copies of the test reports upon which the certifications are based. 1.7 RECORD OF INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall maintain, on a day-to

-day basis, a record of all inspections and field test performed with a certification that all work accomplished is in conformance with contract requirements. 1.8 RECALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT Equipment requiring recalibration shall be subject to recalibration at the request of the Contracting Officer. Such recalibration shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense. 1.9 TEST REPORTS The Contractor shall submit all test reports to the Contracting Officer in a timely manner.
01400-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG CUTS 

### AJJY00-1124

All shop drawings, and catalog cuts required by the technical sections ofthe contract specifications shall be approved bythe Contracting Officer prior to being incorporated in the Contract. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION Each item which is to be incorporated into the Contract shall be clearly marked and identified in the catalog cut Submittal, and shall be cross-referenced to the contract drawings and specifications so as to identify clearly the use for which it is intended. 1.5 SAMPLES Samples ofmaterials shall be prepared and submitted as required. The Contractor shall check and approve all samples ofmaterial and/or equipment proposed for incorporation into the project. The samples shall be identified as to their intended use, and shall be accompanied by a letter ofcertification from the Contractor stating that the samples comply with the contract drawings and specifications. 1.6 CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS Manufacturer's certification maybefurnished bythe Contractor, on items ofmaterials and equipment incorporated into the work, only when this method will assure full compliance with the provisions ofthe contract, as determined bythe Owner. Pre-printed certifications are not acceptable. All certifications shall be in the original. The original ofall manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate item ofequipment or material, specification, standard or other document specified as controlling the quality ofthat item and shall have attached thereto certified copies ofthe test reports upon which the certifications are based. 1.7 RECORD OF INSPECTIONS The Contractor shall maintain, on a day-to-daybasis, a record ofall inspections and field test performed with a certification that all work accomplished is in conformance with contract requirements. 1.8 RECALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT Equipment requiring recalibration shall be subject to recalibration at the request ofthe Contracting Officer. Suchrecalibration shall beperformed bythe Contractor at his expense. 1.9 TEST REPORTS The Contractor shall submit all test reports to the Contracting Officer in a timely manner.


### 01400-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

-- End of Section -- 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

### ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

-- End ofSection --

01400-4 

### AJJY 00-1124REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration , and Demolition Operations 1.2 WEATHER PROTECTION Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure that the openings are completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building from damage. 1.2.1 Building and Site Storm Protection When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby Government property. Precautions shall include, but are not limited to, closing openings; removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations; and removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings in the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or any nearby Government property. 1.2.1.1 Typhoon Condition of Readiness Unless directed otherwise, comply with: a. Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected within 72 hours): Normal daily jobsite cleanup and good housekeeping practices. Collect and store in piles or containers scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish for removal and disposal at the close of each work day. Maintain the construction
01500-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES 

### AJJY00-1124

The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. The publications are referred to withinthe textbythe basic designation only. NATIONALFIREPROTECTIONASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 NFPA 241
1.2 WEATHER PROTECTION National Electrical Code Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations

Take necessary precautions to ensure that roofopenings and other critical openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions required to seal offsuch openings whenrain or other detrimental weather is imminent, and at the end ofeach workday. Ensure that the openings are completely sealed offto protect materials and equipment in thebuilding from damage. 1.2.1 Building and Site Storm Protection

When a warning ofgale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby Governmentproperty. Precautions shall include, but are not limited to, closing openings; removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations; and removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings in the work when storms oflesser intensity pose a threat to the work or any nearby Government property. 1.2.1.1 Typhoon Condition ofReadiness

Unless directed otherwise, comply with:
a. ConditionFOUR (Sustained winds of(93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected within 72 hours): Normal dailyjobsite cleanup and goodhousekeeping practices. Collect and store in piles or containers scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish for removal and disposal at the close ofeach work day. Maintain the construction


### 01500-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

site including storage areas, free of accumulation of debris. Stack form lumber in neat piles less than (one m) 4 feet high. Remove all debris, trash, or objects that could become missile hazards b. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements and commence securing operations necessary for "Condition ONE" which cannot be completed within 18 hours. Cease all routine activities which might interfere with securing operations. Commence securing and stow all gear and portable equipment. Make preparations for securing buildings. Review requirements pertaining to "Condition TWO" and continue action as necessary to attain "Condition THREE" readiness. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and COR updates and completion of required actions. c. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected within 24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing operation is complete. Reinforce or remove form work and scaffolding
. Secure machinery, tools, equipment, materials, or remove from the jobsite. Expend every effort to clear all missile hazards and loose equipment from general base areas. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and Condition of Readiness (COR) updates and completion of required actions. d. Condition ONE. [Sustained winds of (93 km/hr) 50 knots or greater expected within 12 hours]: Secure the jobsite, and leave Government premises. 1.3 STORAGE AREAS Contractor shall be responsible for security of his property. The Contract Clause entitled "FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas" and the following apply: 1.3.1 Storage Size and Location The open site available for storage shall be confined to the indicated operations area. 1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES Provide adequate sanitary conveniences of a type approved for the use of persons employed on the work, properly secluded from public observation, and maintained in such a manner as required and approved by the Contracting Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times without nuisance. Upon completion of the work, remove the conveniences from the premises, leaving the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose of sewage through connection to a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system. Where such systems are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors.
01500-2 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

site including storage areas, free ofaccumulation ofdebris. Stack form lumber in neat piles less than (one m) 4 feet high. Remove all debris, trash, or objects that could become missile hazards b. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of(93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements and commence securing operations necessary for "Condition ONE" which cannotbe completed within 18 hours. Cease all routine activities which might interfere with securing operations. Commence securing and stow all gear and portable equipment. Make preparations for securing buildings. Review requirements pertaining to "Condition TWO" and continue action as necessary to attain "Condition THREE" readiness. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and COR updates and completion ofrequired actions.
c. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of (93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected within 24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing operation is complete. Reinforce or remove form work and scaffolding. Secure machinery, tools, equipment, materials, or remove from thejobsite. Expend every effort to clear all missile hazards and loose equipment from general base areas. Contact the Contracting Officer for weather and Condition ofReadiness (COR) updates and completion ofrequired actions. d. Condition ONE. [Sustained winds of(93 kmlhr) 50 knots or greater expected within 12 hours]: Secure thejobsite, and leave Government premises. 1.3 STORAGEAREAS

Contractor shall beresponsible for security ofhis property. The Contract Clause entitled "FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas" and the following apply: 1.3.1 Storage Size and Location

The open site available for storage shall be confined to the indicated operations area. 1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARYFACILITIES

Provide adequate sanitary conveniences ofa type approved for the use ofpersons employed on the work, properly secluded from public observation, and maintained in such a manner as required and approved by the Contracting Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times without nuisance. Upon completion ofthe work, remove the conveniences from the premises, leaving the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose ofsewage through connection to a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system. Where such systems are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination ofodors.
01500-2PAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS Temporary facilities (including trailers) shall be in like new condition. Locate these facilities where indicated
. Storage of material/debris under such facilities is prohibited
. Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the stored property. 1.5.1 Maintenance of Temporary Facilities Paint in accordance with base standards and maintain the temporary facilities
. Failure to do so will be sufficient reason to require their removal. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY PHYSICAL CONTROLS 3.1.1 Access Controls 3.1.1.1 Temporary Barricades Contractor shall provide for barricading around all work areas to prevent public access. 3.1.1.2 Fencing Fencing shall be provided along the construction site at all open excavations and tunnels to control access by unauthorized people. Fencing must be installed to be able to restrain a force of at least (114.00 kg) 250 pounds against it. 3.1.1.3 Signs Place warning signs at the construction area perimeter designating the presence of construction hazards requiring unauthorized persons to keep out. Signs must be placed on all sides of the project, with at least one sign every (90 in) 300 feet. All points of entry shall have signs designating the construction site as a hard hat area. 3.1.1.4 Traffic Work All work around/involving roadways , to include roadway excavations and utility crossings, will be conducted in accordance with Manual of Traffic Control Devices. Contractors shall provide and ensure appropriate road closure and detour signs are established as necessary for motor traffic management. All road closures shall be coordinated with the Contracting Officer 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.5 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS 

### AJJY 00-1124

Temporary facilities (including trailers) shall be in like new condition. Locate these facilities where indicated. Storage ofmaterial/debris under such facilities is prohibited. Contractor shall be responsible for the security ofthe stored property. 1.5.1 Maintenance ofTemporary Facilities

Paint in accordance with base standards and maintain the temporary facilities. Failure to do so will be sufficient reason to require their removal. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARYPHYSICAL CONTROLS 3.1.1 Access Controls 3.1.1.1 Temporary Barricades Contractor shall provide for barricading around all work areas to prevent public access. 3.1.1.2 Fencing Fencing shall be provided along the construction site at all open excavations and tunnels to control access byunauthorized people. Fencing mustbe installed to be able to restrain a force ofat least (114.00 kg) 250 pounds against it. 3.1.1.3 Signs Place warning signs at the construction area perimeter designating the presence ofconstruction hazards requiring unauthorized persons to keep out. Signs must be placed on all sides ofthe project, with at least one sign every (90 m) 300 feet. All points ofentry shall have signs designating the construction site as a hard hat area. 3.1.1.4 Traffic Work All work aroundlinvolving roadways, to include roadway excavations and utility crossings, will be conducted in accordance with Manual ofTraffic Control Devices. Contractors shall provide and ensure appropriate road closure and detour signs are established as necessary for motor traffic management. All road closures shall be coordinated with the Contracting Officer


### 01500-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
in advance. Self-illuminated (lighted) barricades shall be provided during hours of darkness. Brightly-colored (orange) vests are required for all personnel working in roadways. Road closures shall require a road closure plan showing the location of signage. 3.2 TEMPORARY WIRING Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 70, Article 305-6(b), Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Program shall include frequent inspection of all equipment and apparatus. 3.3 GRASS CUTTING Cut grass (or annual weeds) within the construction and storage sites to a maximum ( 100 mm) 4 inch height at least once a week during the growing season unless the grass area is not visible to the public
. Trim the grass around fences at time of grass cutting. Maintain grass or weeds on stockpiled earth as descried above. -- End of Section -- 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

in advance. Self-illuminated (lighted) barricades shall beprovided during hours ofdarkness. Brightly-colored (orange) vests are required for all personnel working in roadways. Road closures shall require a road closure plan showing the location ofsignage. 3.2 TEMPORARY WIRING Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and 70, Article 305-6(b), Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Program shall include frequent inspection ofall equipment and apparatus. 3.3 GRASS CUTTING Cut grass (or annual weeds) within the construction and storage sites to a maximum (100 mm) 4 inch height at least once a week during the growing season unless the grass area is not visible to the public. Trimthe grass around fences at time ofgrass cutting. Maintain grass or weeds on stockpiled earth as descried above.

-- End ofSection

--



### 01500-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS OF CONTAMINANTS 1.1.1 Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by runoff water. 1.1.2 Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded materials resulting from industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community activities' such material having insufficient liquid content to be free flowing. 1.1.3 Rubbish: A variety of combustible and noncombustible wastes such as ashes, waste materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree trimmings. 1.1.4 Chemical Wastes: Includes salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, petroleum-derived products and organic chemicals. 1.1.5 Sewage: Water-carried waste products from residences, public buildings, institutions or other buildings, including excrementitious or other discharge from the bodies of human beings or animals, together with such ground water infiltration and surface water as may be present. 1.1.6 Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooling, dispensing, and consumption of food. 1.1.7 Asbestos and Asbestos Materials: Asbestos means actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite, chrysotile, crocidolite, and tremolite. Asbestos materials means asbestos or any material containing asbestos such as asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos-contaminated clothing consigned for disposal. Friable asbestos material requires a Waste Disposal Permit. Submit one copy of Guam Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA) permit or license which reflects such agency's approval of the disposal plan, as being in compliance with their waste disposal regulations. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS a. Provide and maintain during the life of the contract, an environmental protection, as defined herein. Provide environmental protective measures, as required to control pollution that develops during normal construction practice. b. Provide also environmental protective measures required to correct conditions that develop during the construction of permanent or temporary environmental features
01560-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS OF CONTAMINANTS 

### AJJY 00-1124

1.1.1 Sediment: Soil and other debris thathas been eroded and transported by runoffwater. 1.1.2 Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded materials resulting from industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community activities' such material having insufficient liquid content to be free flowing. 1.1.3 Rubbish: A variety ofcombustible and noncombustible wastes such as ashes, waste materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree trimmings. 1.1.4 Chemical Wastes: Includes salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, petroleum-derived products and organic chemicals. 1.1.5 Sewage: Water-carried waste products from residences, public buildings, institutions or other buildings, including excrementitious or other discharge from the bodies ofhuman beings or animals, together with such ground water infiltration and surface water as may be present. 1.1.6 Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooling, dispensing, and consumption offood. 1.1.7 Asbestos and Asbestos Materials: Asbestos means actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite, chrysotile, crocidolite, and tremolite. Asbestos materials means asbestos or any material containing asbestos such as asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos-contaminated clothing consigned for disposal. Friable asbestos material requires a Waste Disposal Permit. Submit one copy ofGuam Environmental Protection Agency (GEPA) permit or license which reflects such agency's approval ofthe disposal plan, as being in compliance with their waste disposal regulations. 1.2 ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
a. Provide and maintain during the life ofthe contract, an environmental protection, as defined herein. Provide environmental protective measures, as required to control pollution that develops during normal construction practice. b. Provide also environmental protective measures required to correct conditions that develop during the construction ofpermanent or temporary environmental features


### 01560-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM associated with the project
. Comply with all federal and local statutes and regulations pertaining to environmental protection. In particular, comply with the requirements of and promulgated regulations resulting from Title X, Chapters 45 through 52 of the Government Code of Guam. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Solid waste Disposal Permit: Submit one copy of local permit or license which reflects Guam Environmental Protection Agency approval of the disposal plan as being in compliance with their solid waste disposal regulations. PART 2 PRODUCT Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES The natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this contract shall be preserved in their existing condition or restored to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work
. Confine construction activities to areas defined by the work schedule, drawings, and specifications. 3.1.1 Land Resources Except in areas indicated to be cleared , do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs without special permission from the Engineer. 3.1.2 Repair or Restoration Repair or restore to their original condition all trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the equipment or operations

. Obtain approval of the repair or restoration from the Engineer prior to its initiation. 3.1.3 Temporary Construction At the conclusion of the project, remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as work areas, stockpiles of excess or waste materials , and all other vestiges of construction. 3.1.4 Water Resources Perform all work in such a manner that any adverse environmental impact on water resources is reduced to a level acceptable to the Engineer.
01560-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

associated with the project. Comply with all federal and local statutes and regulations pertaining to environmental protection. In particular, comply with the requirements ofand promulgated regulations resulting from Title X, Chapters 45 through 52 ofthe Government Code ofGuam. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Solid waste Disposal Permit: Submit one copy oflocal permit or license which reflects Guam Environmental ProtectionAgency approval ofthe disposal plan as being in compliance with their solid waste disposal regulations. PART 2 PRODUCT Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURALRESOURCES The natural resources within the projectboundaries and outside the limits ofpermanent work performed under this contract shall bepreserved in their existing condition orrestored to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion ofthe work. Confine construction activities to areas defined bythe work schedule, drawings, and specifications. 3.1.1 Land Resources Except in areas indicated to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs without special permissionfrom the Engineer. 3.1.2 Repair or Restoration Repair orrestore to their original condition all trees or other landscape features scarred or damagedbythe equipment oroperations. Obtain approval ofthe repair orrestoration from the Engineerprior to its initiation. 3.1.3 Temporary Construction At the conclusion ofthe project, remove all signs oftemporary construction facilities such as work areas, stockpiles ofexcess or waste materials, and all other vestiges ofconstruction. 3.1.4 WaterResources Perform all work in such a manner that any adverse environmental impact on water resources is reduced to a level acceptable to the Engineer.


### 01560-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
3.1.5 Oily and Other Hazardous Substances Take special measures to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas, or local bodies of water. 3.2 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF SOLID, CHEMICAL, AND SANITARY WASTE Pick up solid waste and place in containers which are emptied on a regular schedule. The preparation, cooking, and disposing of food are strictly prohibited on the project site. Conduct handling and disposal of waste to prevent contamination of the site and other areas. On completion, leave areas clean and natural looking. Obliterate signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of the permanent work in place. 3.2.1 Disposal of Rubbish and Debris Dispose of rubbish and debris in accordance with the requirements specified herein. Removal from Project Site: Remove rubbish and debris from the project site and dispose of it in compliance with federal and local requirements. 3.2.2 Garbage Disposal Place garbage in appropriate containers and transport such refuse to an approved landfill for disposal at least once per week. As an alternative , the Contractor may arrange for weekly pickup and disposal service either with the Government of Guam or a privately-owned garbage collection service. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with obtaining and maintaining garbage collection and disposal services. 3.2.3 Sewage, Odor, and Pest Control Dispose of sewage through connection to the public sewage system. Where such system is not available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units and periodically empty waste into the public sanitary sewage system
. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors. 3.2.4 Chemical Waste Store chemical waste in corrosion resistant containers labeled to identify type of waste and date filled
. Remove containers from the project site, and dispose of chemical waste in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations
. For oil and hazardous material spills which may be large enough to violate federal and local regulations , notify the Engineer or Owner immediately and take measures as instructed by the Engineer at no cost to the Owner. 3.2.5 Petroleum Products

01560-3 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

3.1.5 Oily and Other Hazardous Substances 

### AJJY 00-1124

Take special measures to prevent oily or otherhazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas, or local bodies ofwater. 3.2 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF SOLID, CHEMICAL, AND SANITARY WASTE Pick up solid waste and place in containers which are emptied on a regular schedule. The preparation, cooking, and disposing offood are strictly prohibited on the project site. Conduct handling and disposal ofwaste to prevent contamination ofthe site and other areas. On completion, leave areas clean and natural looking. Obliterate signs oftemporary construction and activities incidental to construction ofthe permanent work in place. 3.2.1 Disposal ofRubbish and Debris Dispose ofrubbish and debris in accordance with the requirements specified herein. Removal from Project Site: Remove rubbish and debris from the project site and dispose ofit in compliance with federal and local requirements. 3.2.2 Garbage Disposal Place garbage in appropriate containers and transport such refuse to an approved landfill for disposal at least once per week. As an alternative, the Contractor may arrange for weekly pickup and disposal service either with the Government ofGuam or aprivately-owned garbage collection service. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with obtaining and maintaining garbage collection and disposal services. 3.2.3 Sewage, Odor, and Pest Control Dispose ofsewage through connection to the public sewage system. Where such system is not available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units and periodically empty waste into the public sanitary sewage system. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors. 3.2.4 Chemical Waste Store chemical waste in corrosion resistant containers labeled to identify type ofwaste and date filled. Remove containers from the project site, and dispose ofchemical waste in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills which maybe large enough to violate federal and local regulations, notify the Engineer or Owner immediately and take measures as instructed bythe Engineer at no cost to the Owner. 3.2.5 Petroleum Products
01560-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
Conduct fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded and excess oil in accordance with approved procedures meeting federal and local regulations. 3.3 DUST CONTROL Keep dust down at all times, including non-working hours, weekends, and holidays. Sprinkle or treat, with dust suppressors, the soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by operations. No dry brooming is permitted. Instead use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power brooming. Air blowing is permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate debris, such as steel reinforcing bars. No sandblasting is permitted unless dust therefrom is confined. Only wet cutting of concrete blocks, concrete, and asphalt is permitted. No unnecessary shaking of bags is permitted where bagged cement, concrete mortar, and plaster is used. 3.4 NOISE When available, make the maximum use of "low-noise emission products" as certified by EPA. -- End of Section --

01560-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

Conduct fueling and lubricating ofequipment and motor vehicles in a manner that affords the maximumprotection against spills and evaporation. Dispose oflubricants to be discarded and excess oil in accordance with approved procedures meeting federal and local regulations. 3.3 DUST CONTROL

Keep dust down at all times, including non-working hours, weekends, and holidays. Sprinkle or treat, with dust suppressors, the soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by operations. No dry brooming is permitted. Instead use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet powerbrooming. Airblowing is permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate debris, such as steel reinforcing bars. No sandblasting is permitted unless dust therefrom is confined. Only wet cutting ofconcrete blocks, concrete, and asphalt is permitted. No unnecessary shaking ofbags is permitted where bagged cement, concrete mortar, and plaster is used. 3.4 NOISE

When available, make the maximum use of "low-noise emissionproducts" as certified by EPA.

-- End ofSection

--



### 01560-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 1.1.1 Operation and Maintenance Data a. Equipment/product warran Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01.781, "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.1.2 Closeout Submittals a. As-built drawings; b. Record of materials; C. Equipment/product warranty tag;

01770-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 

### ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01770 

### CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS 

### AJJY 00-1124

Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."

.1.1 Operation and

a. list Submit Data Package 1 in accordance with Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.1.2 Closeout Submittals
a. As-built drawings; b. Record ofmaterials;
c. Equipment/product warranty tag;

01770-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 As-Built Drawings The as-built drawings shall be a record of the construction as installed. The drawings shall include the information shown on the contract drawings as well as deviations , modifications, and changes from the contract drawings , however minor. The as-built drawings shall be a full sized set of prints marked to reflect deviations, modifications , and changes
. The as-built drawings shall be complete and show the location, size , dimensions, part identification, and other information. Additional sheets may be added
. The as-built drawings shall be jointly inspected for accuracy and completeness by the Contractor's quality control representative and by the Contracting Officer prior to the submission of each monthly pay estimate. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide three full sized sets of the marked prints to the Contracting Officer for approval. If upon review, the as-built drawings are found to contain errors and/or omissions, they will be returned to the Contractor for correction. The Contractor shall correct and return the as-built drawings to the Contracting Officer for approval within 10 calendar days from the time the drawings are returned to the Contractor. 1.2.2 As-Built Record of Materials Furnish a record of materials. Where several manufacturers ' brands, types, or classes of the item listed have been used in the project, designate specific areas where each item was used
. Designations shall be keyed to the areas and spaces depicted on the contract drawing. Furnish the record of materials used in the following format: MATERIALS SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER MATERIALS USED WHERE DESIGNATION (MANUFACTURER'S USED DESIGNATION) 1.3 EQUIPMENT/PRODUCT WARRANTIES 1.3.1 Equipment/Product Warranty List Furnish to the Contracting Officer a bound and indexed notebook containing written warranties for equipment/products furnished under the contract, and prepare a complete listing of such equipment/products
. The equipment/products list shall state the specification section applicable to the equipment/product, duration of the warranty therefor, start date of the warranty, ending date of the warranty, and the point of contact for fulfillment of the warranty. The warranty period shall begin on the same date as project acceptance and shall continue for the full product warranty period. Execute the full list and deliver to the Contracting Officer prior to final acceptance of the facility.

01770-2 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.2.1 AJJY 00-1124

The as-built drawings shall be a record ofthe construction as installed. The drawings shall include the information shown on the contract drawings as well as deviations, modifications, and changes from the contract drawings, however minor. The as-built drawings shall be a full sized set ofprints marked to reflect deviations, modifications, and changes. The as-built drawings shall be complete and show the location, size, dimensions, part identification, and other information. Additional sheets maybe added. The as-built drawings shall bejointly inspected for accuracy and completeness by the Contractor's quality control representative and by the Contracting Officer priorto the submission ofeach monthlypay estimate. Upon completion ofthe work, the Contractor shall provide three full sized sets ofthe marked prints to the Contracting Officer for approval. Ifupon review, the as-built drawings are found to contain errors and/or omissions, they will be returned to the Contractor for correction. The Contractor shall correct and return the as-built drawings to the Contracting Officer for approval within 10 calendar days from the time the drawings are returned to the Contractor. 1.2.2 As-Built Record ofMaterials

Furnish a record ofmaterials. Where several manufacturers' brands, types, or classes ofthe item listed havebeen used in the project, designate specific areas where each item was used. Designations shall bekeyed to the areas and spaces depicted on the contract drawing. Furnish the record ofmaterials used in the following format: MATERIALS DESIGNATION SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER MATERIALS USED WHERE

1.3 EQUIPMENTIPRODUCTWARRANTIES 1.3.1 Equipment/Product Warranty List (MANUFACTURER'S USED DESIGNATION)

Furnish to the Contracting Officer abound and indexed notebook containing written warranties for equipment/products furnished under the contract, and prepare a complete listing ofsuch equipment/products. The equipment/products list shall state the specification section applicable to the equipment/product, duration ofthe warranty therefor, start date ofthe warranty, ending date ofthe warranty, and the point ofcontact for fulfillment ofthe warranty. The warranty period shall begin on the same date as project acceptance and shall continue for the full product warranty period. Execute the full list and deliver to the Contracting Officer prior to final acceptance ofthe facility.

01770-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.3.2 Equipment Warranty Tags and Guarantor's Local Representative Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of the guarantor's representative nearest to the location where the equipment and appliances are installed. The guarantor's representative, upon request of the station representative , shall honor the warranty during the warranty period, and shall provide the services prescribed by the terms of the warranty. At the time of installation, tag each item of warranted equipment with a durable, oil- and water-resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach tag with copper wire and spray with a clear silicone waterproof coating. Leave the date of acceptance and QC's signature blank until project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Tag shall show the following information:EQUIPMENT/PRODf7C71' WARRANTY TAG Type of Equipment/Product Warranty Period From To Contract No. Inspector's Signature Date Accepted Construction Contractor: Name: Address: Telephone: Warranty Contact: Name: Address: Telephone: STATION PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE 1.4 CLEANUP Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances ; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces
. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition
. Replace filters of operating equipment
. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas. Remove waste and surplus materials , rubbish and construction facilities from the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used.

01770-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.3.2 Equipment Warranty Tags and Guarantor's Local Representative 

### AJJY00-1124

Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number ofthe guarantor's representative nearest to the location where the equipment and appliances are installed. The guarantor's representative, uponrequest ofthe station representative, shall honor the warranty during the warranty period, and shall provide the services prescribed bythe terms ofthe warranty. At the time ofinstallation, tag each item ofwarranted equipment with a durable, oil- and water-resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach tag with copper wire and spray with a clear silicone waterproofcoating. Leave the date ofacceptance and QC's signature blank until project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Tag shall show the following information:
Type ofEquipmentlProduct
________ _ Warranty Period From
_____To
____ _ Contract No.
________ _ Inspector's Signature
__________Date Accepted
_____ _ Construction Contractor: Name:
________ _ Address:
__________ _ Telephone:
__________ _ Warranty Contact:
_______ _ Name:
________ _ Address:
__________ _ Telephone:
__________ _ STATIONPERSONNELTO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE 1.4 CLEANUP

Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Replace filters ofoperating equipment. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction facilities from the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used.



### 01770-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. -- End of Section --

01770-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 

### ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM
PART 3 EXECUTION Not used.

-- End ofSection --

01770-4 

### AJJY 00-1124REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01781 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART I GENERAL, 1.1 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data/Manuals which are specifically applicable to this contract and a complete and concise depiction of the provided equipment or product. Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain O&M requirements at the system, equipment, component, and subassembly level. Include an index preceding each submittal
. Submit in accordance with this section and Section 01330 , "Submittal Procedures." 1.1. 1 Quantity Submit five sets of the supplier /manufacturers' O&M information specified herein for the components, assemblies, subassemblies , attachments, and accessories
. The items for which O&M Data/Manuals are required are listed in the technical sections which specifies those particular items. 1.1.2 Package Quality Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material with hole punches obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted. 1.1.3 Package Content Data package content shall be as shown in the paragraph titled "Schedule of Operation and Maintenance Data Packages ." For each product, system, or component piece of equipment requiring submission of O&M Data, submit the Data Package specified in the individual technical section. 1.1.4 Delivery Submit O&M Data Manuals to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance ; submit data specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the item is delivered to the contract site. a. In the event the Contractor fails to deliver O&M Data/Manuals within the time

limits set forth above, the Contracting Officer may withhold from progress payments 50 percent of the price of the item with which such O&M Data/Manuals are associated.

01781-1 REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 01781 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEDATA AJJY 00-1124

Submit Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data/Manuals which are specifically applicable to this contract and a complete and concise depiction ofthe provided equipment or product. Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain O&M requirements at the system, equipment, component, and subassembly level. Include an index preceding each submittal. Submit in accordance with this section and Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 1.1.1 Quantity

Submitfive sets ofthe supplier/manufacturers' O&M information specified herein for the components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, and accessories. The items for which O&M Data/Manuals are required are listed in the technical sections which specifies those particular items. 1.1.2 Package Quality

Documents must be fully legible. Poor quality copies and material withhole punches obliterating the text or drawings will not be accepted. 1.1.3 Package Content

Data package content shall be as shown in the paragraph titled "Schedule ofOperation and Maintenance Data Packages." For each product, system, or component piece ofequipment requiring submission ofO&M Data, submit the DataPackage specified in the individual technical section. 1.1.4 Delivery

Submit O&M Data Manuals to the Contracting Officer for review and acceptance; submit data specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the item is delivered to the contract site.
a. In the event the Contractor fails to deliver O&M DatalManuals within the time limits set forth above, the Contracting Officer may withhold from progress payments 50 percent ofthe price ofthe item with which such O&M Data/Manuals are associated.

01781-1PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.1.5 Changes to Submittals Manufacturer-originated changes or revisions to submitted data shall be furnished by the Contractor if a component of an item is so affected subsequent to acceptance of the O&M Data. Changes, additions, or revisions required by the Contracting Officer for final acceptance of submitted data, shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 calendar days of the notification of this change requirement. 1.2 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN O&M DATA PACKAGES 1.2.1 Operating Instructions Include specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the following phases of operation: 1.2.1.1 Safety Precautions List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all operating conditions. 1.2.1.2 Operator Prestart Include procedures required to set up and prepare each system for use. 1.2.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Postshutdown Procedures Provide narrative description for each operating procedure including control sequence for each. 1.2.1.4 Normal Operations Provide narrative description of normal operating procedures
. Include control diagrams with data to explain operation and control of systems and specific equipment. 1.2.1.5 Emergency Operations Include emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable contingencies
. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems including valve locations and portions of systems controlled. REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.1.5 Changes to Submittals AJJY 00-1124

Manufacturer-originated changes or revisions to submitted data shall be furnished bythe Contractor ifa component ofan item is so affected subsequent to acceptance ofthe O&M Data. Changes, additions, or revisions required by the Contracting Officer for final acceptance ofsubmitted data, shall be submitted bythe Contractor within 30 calendar days ofthe notification ofthis change requirement. 1.2 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN O&M DATAPACKAGES 1.2.1 Operating Instructions

Include specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the following phases of operation: 1.2.1.1 Safety Precautions

List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for all operating conditions. 1.2.1.2 Operator Prestart

Include procedures required to set up and prepare each system for use. 1.2.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Postshutdown Procedures

Provide narrative description for each operating procedure including control sequence for each. 1.2.1.4 Normal Operations

Provide narrative description ofnormal operating procedures. Include control diagrams with data to explain operation and control ofsystems and specific equipment. 1.2.1.5 Emergency Operations

Include emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a shortperiod of continued operation orto shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations ofall utility systems including valve locations and portions ofsystems controlled.

01781-2REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.2.1.6 Operator Service Requirements Include instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustment, inspection, and gage reading recording. 1.2.1.7 Environmental Conditions Include a list of environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under which equipment should not be allowed to run. 1.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Include the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. 1.2.2.1 Lubrication Data Include lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph titled "Operator Service Requirements": a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and applications; b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency. 1.2.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule Include manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance , inspections, tests and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair
. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive maintenance workhours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of craft. For periodic calibrations, provide manufacturer's specified frequency and procedures for each separate operation. 1.2.3 Corrective Maintenance (Repair) Include manufacturer's recommendations on procedures and instructions for correcting problems and making repairs.

01781-3 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.2.1.6 Operator Service Requirements 

### AJJY00-1124

Include instructions for services to beperformed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustment, inspection, and gage reading recording. 1.2.1.7 Environmental Conditions

Include a list ofenvironmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited for each product orpiece ofequipment and describe conditions under which equipment should not be allowed to run. 1.2.2 Preventive Maintenance

Include the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. 1.2.2.1 Lubrication Data

Include lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph titled "Operator Service Requirements":
a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and applications; b. Charts with a schematic diagram ofthe equipment showing lubrication points, recommended types and grades oflubricants, and capacities; and
c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency. 1.2.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan and Schedule

Include manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance, inspections, tests and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection ofpreventive maintenance workhours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craftrequirements bytype of craft. 

### For periodic calibrations, provide manufacturer's specified frequency and procedures for each separate operation. 1.2.3 Con-ective Maintenance (Repair)

Include manufacturer's recommendations onprocedures and instructions for correcting problems and making repairs.



### 01781-3PAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.2.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques Include step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused or require replacement. 1.2.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to

-point drawings of wiring and control circuits including factory-field interfaces
. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of the actual job specific wiring and control work. On diagrams , number electrical and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type, identically to actual installation numbering. 1.2.3.3 Maintenance and Repair Procedures Include instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards. 1.2.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions Include step

-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal , replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings and adjustments required
. Instructions shall include a combination of text and illustrations. 1.2.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists Include lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonable delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote locations
. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to obtain. 1.2.3.6 Corrective Maintenance Work-Hours Include manufacturer's projection of corrective maintenance work-hours including craft requirements by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately. 1.2.4 Appendices Provide information required below and information not specified in the preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment. Include the following:
01781-4 

### REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.2.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques 

### AJJY 00-1124

Include step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause oftypical malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may bereused or require replacement. 1.2.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams

Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings ofwiring and control circuits including factory-field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction ofthe actualjob specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number electrical and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type, identically to actual installation numbering. 1.2.3.3 Maintenance and Repair Procedures

Include instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards. 1.2.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions

Include step-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly ofcomponents, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings and adjustments required. Instructions shall include a combination oftext and illustrations. 1.2.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists

Include lists ofspare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonable delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to obtain. 1.2.3.6 Corrective Maintenance Work-Hours

Include manufacturer's projection ofcorrective maintenance work-hours including craft requirements by type ofcraft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation ofthe equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately. 1.2.4 Appendices

Provide information required below and information not specified in the preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation ofthe product or equipment. Include the following:


### 01781-4REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2.4.1 Parts Identification Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to use high

-strength bolts and nuts
. Identify parts by make , model, serial number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and description , both the illustrations and separate listing shall show the index, reference, or key number which will cross-reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and subassemblies. Parts data may cover more than one model or series of equipment, components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such as a master parts catalog, in accordance with the manufacturer's standard commercial practice. 1.2.4.2 Warranty Information List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force. Include warranty information for primary components such as the compressor of air conditioning system. 1.2.4.3 Personnel Training Requirements Provide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly. 1.2.4.4 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components. 1.2.4.5 Contractor Information Provide a list that includes the name, address , and telephone number of the General Contractor and each subcontractor installing the product or equipment
. Include local representatives and service organizations most convenient to the project site. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the product or equipment manufacturers. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES Furnish the O&M Data Packages specified in individual technical sections
. The required information for each O&M Data Package is as follows:

01781-5 

### REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

1.2.4.1 Parts Identification 

### AJJY00-1124

Provide identification and coverage for all parts ofeach component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory ofthe end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial number, and source ofsupply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification ofthe items. When illustrations omit the partnumbers and description, both the illustrations and separate listing shall show the index, reference, orkey number which will cross-reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and subassemblies. Parts data may cover more than one model or series of equipment, components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such as a master parts catalog, in accordance with the manufacturer's standard commercial practice. 1.2.4.2 Warranty Information

List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed bythe manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force. Include warranty information for primary components such as the compressor ofair conditioning system. 1.2.4.3 Personnel Training Requirements

Provide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly. 1.2.4.4 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information

Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair ofcomponents. 1.2.4.5 Contractor Information

Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number ofthe General Contractor and each subcontractor installing the product or equipment. Include local representatives and service organizations most convenient to the project site. Provide the name, address, and telephone number ofthe product or equipment manufacturers. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATAPACKAGES

Furnish the O&M DataPackages specified in individual technical sections. The required information for each O&M Data Package is as follows:



### 01781-5REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B

- 1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.3.1 Data Package I a. Safety precautions b. Maintenance and repair procedures c. Warranty information d. Contractor information 1.3.2 Data Package 2 a. Safety precautions b. Normal operations c. Environmental conditions d. Lubrication data e. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule f. Maintenance and repair procedures g. Removal and replacement instructions h. Spare parts and supply list i. Parts identification j. Warranty information k. Contractor information 1.3.3 Data Package 3 a. Safety precautions b. Normal operations c. Emergency operations d. Environmental conditions e. Lubrication data
01781-6 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.3.1 Data Package 1
a. Safety precautions b. Maintenance and repair procedures
c. Warranty information d. Contractor information 1.3.2 Data Package 2
a. Safety precautions b. Normal operations
c. Environmental conditions d. Lubrication data
e. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule f. Maintenance and repairprocedures g. Removal and replacement instructions h. Spare parts and supply list
1. Parts identification J. Warranty information k. Contractor information 1.3.3 DataPackage 3
a. Safety precautions b. Normal operations
c. Emergency operations d. Environmental conditions
e. Lubrication data


### 01781-6 AJJY00-1124REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques h. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams i. Maintenance and repair procedures j. Removal and replacement instructions k. Spare parts and supply list 1. Parts identification m. Warranty information n. Testing equipment and special tool information o. Contractor information 1.3.4 Data Package 4 a. Safety precautions b. Operator prestart c. Startup, shutdown, and postshutdown procedures d. Normal operations e. Emergency operations f. Operator service requirements g. Environmental conditions h. Lubrication data i. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule j. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques k. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques h. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams
1. Maintenance and repair procedures J. Removal and replacement instructions k. Spare parts and supply list l. Parts identification
m. Warranty information
n. Testing equipment and special tool information
o. Contractor information 1.3.4 Data Package 4
a. Safety precautions b. Operator prestart
c. Startup, shutdown, and postshutdown procedures d. Normal operations
e. Emergency operations f. Operator service requirements g. Environmental conditions h. Lubrication data
1. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule 

### J. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques k. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams

01781-7 AJJY 00-1124REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1. Maintenance and repair procedures m. Removal and replacement instructions n. Spare parts and supply list o. Corrective maintenance man-hours p. Parts identification q. Warranty information r. Personnel training requirements s. Testing equipment and special tool information t. Contractor information 1.3.5 Data Package 5 a. Safety precautions b. Operator prestart c. Start-up, shutdown, and post shutdown procedures d. Normal operations e. Environmental conditions f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques h. Wiring and control diagrams i. Maintenance and repair procedures j. Spare parts and supply list k. Testing equipments and special tools 1. Warranty information m. Contractor information
01781-8 

### REPAIRMAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1. Maintenance and repairprocedures
m. Removal and replacement instructions
n. Spare parts and supply list
o. Corrective maintenance man-hours p. Parts identification q. Warranty information
r. Personnel training requirements
s. Testing equipment and special tool information t. Contractor information 1.3.5 DataPackage 5
a. Safety precautions b. Operator prestart
c. Start-up, shutdown, and post shutdown procedures d. Normal operations
e. Environmental conditions f. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques h. Wiring and control diagrams
1. Maintenance and repair procedures J. Spare parts and supply list k. Testing equipments and special tools 1. Warranty information
m. Contractor information


### 01781-8 

### AJJY 00-1124REPAIR MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. -- End of Section -- REPAIR MAINTRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used.

-- End ofSection

--

01781-9 AJJY 00-1124REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 PROCEDURES Areas in which demolition and removal is to be accomplished shall be as indicated on the drawings, either specifically or as necessary or incidental part of the work. The procedures shall provide for the safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials to be removed, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with other work involved. Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations of debris in the work area. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas designated by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall submit his/her demolition and removal procedures to the Contracting Officer for approval before work is started. Demolition plan shall include procedures for careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, coordination with other work in progress, a disconnection schedule of utility services, and detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each and sequence of operation. 1.2 EXPLOSIVES Use of explosives will not be permitted. 1.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND OTHER ITEMS OF PROPERTIES Existing structures, utilities, and other items of properties to remain shall be protected from damage during demolition and removal operation. Any damage to existing facilities, structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor, using materials equal to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. In addition, the Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility Department and other utility agencies at the site prior to undertaking demolition/removal operations. As part of obtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request each utility agency to stake out the location of their utilities prior to undertaking any demolition or removal work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (None required)
02050-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 PROCEDURES 

### AJJY00-1124

Areas in which demolition and removal is to be accomplished shall be as indicated on the drawings, either specifically or as necessary or incidental part ofthe work. The procedures shall provide for the safe conduct ofthe work, careful removal and disposition ofmaterials to be removed, protection ofproperty which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with other work involved. Do notbegin demolition until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site daily; do not allow accumulations ofdebris in the work area. Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas designated bythe Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall submithislher demolition and removal procedures to the Contracting Officer for approval before work is started. Demolitionplan shall include procedures for careful removal and disposition ofmaterials specified to be salvaged, coordination with other work in progress, a disconnection schedule ofutility services, and detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each and sequence ofoperation. 1.2 EXPLOSIVES Use ofexplosives will notbepermitted. 1.3 PROTECTION OFEXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES AND OTHER ITEMS OF PROPERTIES Existing structures, utilities, and other items ofproperties to remain shall be protected from damage during demolition and removal operation. Any damage to existing facilities, structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor, using materials equal to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. In addition, the Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility Department and other utility agencies at the site prior to undertaking demolition/removal operations. As part ofobtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request each utility agency to stake out the location oftheir utilities prior to undertaking any demolition or removal work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (None required)


### 02050-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION The work includes the removal of concrete slab on grade, pavements, fencing, and other items as indicated on the drawings, or as required to accomplish the work. Miscellaneous items that will be a hindrance or hazardous to the work to be done shall be removed and disposed of, as directed by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.1 Notifications Furnish timely notification of demolition work to the Contracting Officer in writing 10 working days prior to the commencement of the demolition work. 3.1.2 Traffic Control Plan Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Notify the Contracting Officer prior to beginning of such work. 3.1.3 Existing Work Protect existing work, which is to remain in place, be reused, or remain the property of the Owner. Repair items, which are to remain, and which are damaged during the performance of the work to their original or better condition or replace with new. 3.1.4 Removal Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with the workmen skilled in the trades involved. Repair items to be relocated, which are damaged or replace damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.5 Dust and Noise Control The amount of dust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the area and to avoid creation of a nuisance in surrounding areas. Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding, or pollution. Noise associated with the demolition shall be controlled by proper selection of the equipment used, procedure selected, time of day, or day of the week the work is accomplished, to minimize adverse effects of the necessary noise on the every-day operations or activities of the Contractor. 3.2 SALVAGE AND DISPOSAL

02050-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION 

### AJJY00-1124

The work includes the removal ofconcrete slab ongrade, pavements, fencing, and other items as indicated onthe drawings, or as required to accomplish the work. Miscellaneous items that will be a hindrance orhazardous to the work to be done shall be removed and disposed of, as directed by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.1 Notifications Furnish timely notification ofdemolition work to the Contracting Officer in writing 10 working days prior to the commencement ofthe demolition work. 3.1.2 Traffic Control Plan Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area ofremoval work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Notify the Contracting Officer prior to beginning ofsuch work. 3.1.3 Existing Work Protect existing work, which is to remain in place, bereused, orremain the property ofthe Owner. Repair items, which are to remain, and which are damaged during the performance ofthe work to their original orbetter condition or replace with new. 3.1.4 Removal Perform the removal and reinstallation ofrelocated items as indicated with the workmen skilled in the trades involved. Repair items to berelocated, which are damaged orreplace damaged items with new undamaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.5 Dust and Noise Control The amount ofdust resulting from demolition shall be controlled to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions ofthe area and to avoid creation ofa nuisance in surrounding areas. Use ofwater will notbe permitted when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding, or pollution. Noise associated with the demolition shall be controlled by proper selection ofthe equipment used, procedure selected, time ofday, or day ofthe week the work is accomplished, to minimize adverse effects ofthe necessary noise on the every-day operations or activities ofthe Contractor. 3.2 SALVAGE AND DISPOSAL



### 02050-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.1 Salvage The Contractor shall remove existing facilities as necessary or as indicated ; salvage usable materials as directed; store, transport, stockpile and/or protect it at the location designated by the Contracting Officer. All salvaged materials shall be the property of the Owner. 3.2.2 Disposition Refuse resulting from demolition operations shall be hauled at the Contractor 's expense to an approved disposal site by the Contractor and shall be disposed of at the Contractor 's expense in such a manner as to meet all applicable requirements, regulations and laws of the Government of Guam regarding environmental protection, health, safety and public welfare. The Contractor may not dispose of such refuse by burning on the site of the project at any time. In no case shall any material be left on the project, shoved onto abutting properties or areas, or be burned in embankments or trenches on the project. Demolition and removal/disposal operations shall be carried out well in advance of construction operations so as to permit a well-planned schedule of work. 3.3 CLEANUP Upon completion of demolition and removal operations, the entire area shall be cleaned of all debris and rubbish in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. -End of Section--

02050-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
3.2.1 Salvage AJJY 00-1124

The Contractor shall remove existing facilities as necessary or as indicated; salvage usable materials as directed; store, transport, stockpile and/or protect it at the location designated by the Contracting Officer. All salvaged materials shall bethe property ofthe Owner. 3.2.2 Disposition Refuse resulting from demolition operations shall behauled at the Contractor's expense to an approved disposal site bythe Contractor and shall be disposed ofat the Contractor's expense in such a manner as to meet all applicable requirements, regulations and laws ofthe Government ofGuamregarding environmental protection, health, safety and public welfare. The Contractor may not dispose of such refuse by burning on the site ofthe project at any time. In no case shall any material be left on the project, shoved onto abutting properties or areas, or be burned in embankments or trenches on the project. Demolition and removal/disposal operations shall be carried out well in advance ofconstruction operations so as to permit a well-planned schedule ofwork. 3.3 CLEANUP Upon completion ofdemolition and removal operations, the entire area shall be cleaned ofall debris and rubbish in a manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. -End ofSection--

02050-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK
PART I GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues of the publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. American Society for Testing and Materials: C 117 Test Methods for Materials Finer then No. 200 Sieve in Mineral

Aggregates. C131 Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse

Aggregate by Abrasion and impact in the Use of Los Angeles Machine C 136 Method Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates D 1140 Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200 (75

Micrometer) Sieve D 1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method D 1557 Test Method for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate

Mixtures Using 10-lb.(4.54kg) Rammer and 18-in (457-mm) DropD1883 Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of LaboratoryCompacted Soils D2217 Practice for Wet Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis

and Determination of Soil Constants. D 2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate D 2487 Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes D 2922 Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth) D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock In Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth)

02200-1 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues ofthe publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text bythe basic designation only. American Societyfor Testing and Materials: C 117
C131
C 136 D 1140
D 1556 D 1557
D1883
D2217
D 2419 D 2487 D2922
D 3017 TestMethods for Materials Finerthen No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates. TestMethods for Resistance to Degradation ofSmall-Size Coarse Aggregate byAbrasion and impact in the Use ofLos Angeles Machine Method Sieve Analysis ofFine and Coarse Aggregates Test Method for Amount ofMaterial in Soils Finerthan the No. 200 (75 Micrometer) Sieve Test Method for Density ofSoil in Placeby the Sand Cone Method TestMethod for Moisture DensityRelations ofSoils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 1O-lb.(4.54kg) Rammer and 18-in (457-mm) Drop TestMethod for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) ofLaboratoryCompacted Soils Practice for Wet Preparation ofSoil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis and Determination ofSoil Constants. Test Method for SandEquivalent Value ofSoils and Fine Aggregate Test Method for Classification ofSoils for Engineering Purposes Test Method for Density ofSoil and Soil-Aggregate in PlacebyNuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) Test Method for Water Content ofSoil and Rock 

### In Placeby Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

02200-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils Army Corps of Contracting Officers Publications: Army Corps of Contracting Officers Manual EM-385-1-1 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section covers all earthwork required for structure excavation, sub-grade preparation, site grading, and backfilling. In addition, this Section covers all earthwork required for restoration of damaged existing roads and driveways. The Contractor shall provide the services of a competent, licensed land surveyor to establish all lines, levels, grades, bench marks and measurements required to lay out the work and further shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy of such work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.3.1 Certified Test Reports; G Submit certified test reports before starting work for the following: General fill, trench backfill, base course, and bedding materials tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and ASTM D2487. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation. 1.5 SOIL BORING LOGS AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS There are no subsurface soil investigations available for this project. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for making his own investigations of the actual field conditions prior to bidding. The submission of a proposal shall be a prime evidence that the bidder has made such investigations. 1.6 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING AND PREVAILING WORK CONDITIONS Base bids on the following criteria and be fully prepared to work under the following prevailing conditions: a. Surface elevations are approximately as indicated. b. Pipes, cables and/or other artificial obstructions in addition to those indicated will likely be encountered.

02200-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
D 4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index ofSoils Army Corps ofContracting Officers Publications: Army Corps ofContracting Officers Manual EM-385-1-1 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section covers all earthwork required for structure excavation, sub-grade preparation, site grading, and backfilling. In addition, this Section covers all earthwork required for restoration ofdamaged existing roads and driveways. The Contractor shall provide the services ofa competent, licensed land surveyor to establish all lines, levels, grades, bench marks and measurements required to layoutthe work and further shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy ofsuch work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.3.1 Certified Test Reports; G Submit certified test reports before starting work for the following: General fill, trench backfill, base course, and bedding materials tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and ASTM D2487. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Deliver and store materials in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation. 1.5 SOIL BORING LOGS AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS There are no subsurface soil investigations available for this project. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for making his own investigations ofthe actual field conditions prior to bidding. The submission ofa proposal shall be a prime evidence that the bidder has made such investigations. 1.6 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING AND PREVAILING WORK CONDITIONS Base bids on the following criteria and be fully prepared to work under the following prevailing conditions:

a. Surface elevations are approximately as indicated. b. Pipes, cables and/or other artificial obstructions in addition to those indicated will likely be encountered.

02200-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM c. Abandoned pipes or other artificial obstructions encountered are to be demolished and removed at the direction of the Contracting Officer. d. Hard materials consisting of weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually require the use of heavy excavation equipment with ripper teeth or the use of jack hammers for removal. e. Hard rock consisting of solid, homogeneous , interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers ; also large boulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement, exceeding I/

2 cubic yard in volume. Removal of "hard material ' will not be considered rock excavation because of intermittent drilling and blasting that may be performed merely to increase production. All earthwork is unclassified and that no special or additional compensation will be made for any class of excavation whatsoever, regardless of the type of material or quantity encountered. No extra compensation will be made by reason of any misunderstanding or error on the part of the Contractor with regards to the site, the conditions thereof or the amount and kind of earthwork to be performed. 1.7 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES Existing utilities and construction shall be protected from damage during earthwork operations
. The Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility Department, and utility agencies of the Government of Guam, specifically DPW, GTA, GPA, GWA, etc. prior to undertaking any earthwork operations. As part of obtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specifically request each utility agency to stake out the location of their utilities prior to undertaking any excavation or filling work
. In addition, the Contractor shall obtain and use as reference as-built drawings of existing utilities from all utility agencies, if available. Any damages to existing facilities, public or private, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Damages to existing facilities, structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired by the Contractor , using materials equal to or better than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. When directed by the Contracting Officer, excavation near or around known utilities shall be by careful hand excavation
. Hand excavation shall start at a reasonable distance from each side of the indicated obstruction and shall be continued until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new line is assured. The Contractor shall properly support all uncovered lines or other existing work as affected by the contract excavation. Report to the Contracting Officer any condition found which is not indicated on or anticipated by the drawings and specifications and do not proceed with work in the affected area until a decision is rendered. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

c. Abandoned pipes or other artificial obstructions encountered are to be demolished and removed at the direction ofthe Contracting Officer. d. Hard materials consisting ofweathered rock, dense consolidated deposits or conglomerate materials, (excluding manmade materials such as concrete) which are not included in the definition of"rock" but which usually require the use ofheavy excavation equipment with ripper teeth orthe use ofjackhammers for removal.
e. Hard rock consisting ofsolid, homogeneous, interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented, laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which canberemoved without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the use of expansionjacks orfeather wedges, orthe use ofbackhoe-mountedpneumatichole punchers orrockbreakers; also largeboulders, buried masonry, or concrete other than pavement, exceeding 

### Y2 cubic yard in volume. Removal of "hard material' will notbe consideredrock excavationbecause ofintermittent drilling and blasting that maybe performed merelyto increase production. All earthwork is unclassified and that no special or additional compensation will be made for any class ofexcavation whatsoever, regardless ofthe type ofmaterial or quantity encountered. No extra compensation will be madebyreason ofany misunderstanding or error onthe part ofthe Contractor with regards to the site, the conditions thereoforthe amount and kind ofearthworkto beperformed. 1.7 PROTECTION OFEXISTING FACILITIES Existing utilities and construction shall be protected from damage during earthwork operations. The Contractor shall seek and obtain written clearances from AAFB Utility Department, and utility agencies ofthe Government ofGuam, specifically DPW, GTA, GPA, GW A, etc. prior to undertaking any earthwork operations. As part ofobtaining such clearances, the Contractor shall specificallyrequest each utility agency to stake outthe location oftheir utilities prior to undertaking any excavation orfilling work. In addition, the Contractor shall obtain and use as reference as-built drawings ofexisting utilities from all utility agencies, ifavailable. Any damages to existing facilities, public orprivate, shall be promptlyrepaired bythe Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Damages to existing facilities, structures, utilities or other works shall be repaired bythe Contractor, using materials equal to orbetter than those existing, all at the Contractor's expense. When directed bythe Contracting Officer, excavation near or around known utilities shall be by careful hand excavation. Hand excavation shall start at a reasonable distance from each side ofthe indicated obstruction and shall be continueduntil the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new line is assured. The Contractor shall properly support all uncovered lines or other existing work as affected bythe contract excavation. Report to the Contracting Officer any conditionfound which is not indicated on or anticipated bythe drawings and specifications and do notproceed with work in the affected area until a decision is rendered.
02200-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.8 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Work on this project shall comply with OSHA requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS a. SOIL MATERIALS In general, soil materials shall be free of debris, roots, wood scrap material, vegetable matter, refuse, soft unsound particles , deleterious, or objectionable materials. 2.1.1 General Fill Shall conform to the general requirements for soil materials and shall meet the following requirements: a. Liquid Limit (minus #40 mesh material): Not more than 40. b. Plasticity Index: Not more than 15. c. Material passing No. 200 mesh sieve: 30 percent maximum. d. Maximum particle size (in any dimension): 3 inches 2.1.2 Drain (Crushed) Rocks Drain rocks shall consist of crushed coral rock, in pieces varying from 1/ 2 inch to 2 inches in any dimension. The drain rocks shall be placed in layers not exceeding 18" (loose thickness) and compacted until it is dense and non

-yielding. No compaction test required. 2.1.3 Pipe Envelope & Bedding Material Bedding and envelope material for pipes shall conform to any one of the following materials: a. Manufactured sand free of organic substances and/or rubbish
. Mining of beach sand is not permitted on the island of Guam. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, the material shall conform to the following gradation limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 85 - 100 No. 16 45- 80 No. 50 10- 30 No. 100 0- 10
02200-4 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
1.8 SAFETYREQUIREMENTS Work onthis project shall comply with OSHArequirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS
a. SOILMATERIALS AJJY 00-1124

In general, soil materials shall be free ofdebris, roots, wood scrap material, vegetable matter, refuse, soft unsound particles, deleterious, or objectionable materials. 2.1.1 General Fill Shall conform to the general requirements for soil materials and shall meet the following requirements:
a. Liquid Limit (minus #40 mesh material): Not more than 40. b. Plasticity Index: Not more than 15.
c. Material passing No. 200 mesh sieve: 30 percent maximum. d. Maximumparticle size (in any dimension): 3 inches 2.1.2 Drain (Crushed) Rocks Drainrocks shall consist ofcrushed coral rock, in pieces varying from 

### Y2 inch to 2 inches in any dimension. The drain rocks shall be placed in layers not exceeding 18" (loose thickness) and compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. No compaction test required. 2.1.3 PipeEnvelope & Bedding Material Bedding and envelope material for pipes shall conform to anyone ofthe following materials:
a. Manufactured sand free oforganic substances and/or rubbish. Mining ofbeach sand is notpermitted on the island ofGuam. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, the material shall conform to the following gradation limits. Sieve Size 3/8 inch No.4 No. 16 No. 50 No. 100 Percent Passing 100 85

- 100 45

- 80 10

- 30 0- 10
02200-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM No. 200 0- 5 b. Where groundwater is encountered in excavation, bedding material shall be drain rocks per Subparagraph 2.1.2 of this Section. 2.1.4 Trench Backfill Backfill for trenches shall meet the requirements of general fill as specified in Subparagraph 2.1.1 of this Section, except above subgrade level for paved areas where backfill shall be base course to the dimensions defined on the drawings. 2.1.5 Base Course Base course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated herein: Mechanical Analysis: Sieve Size Percentage Passing 2 inches 100 1-1/2 inches 90 - 100 3/4 inches 50 - 80 No. 4 30 - 60 No. 40 15- 30 No. 200* 5 - 13* *For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half (1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials.
a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6 c. R-Value: Not less than 70 d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45
e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 2.0.1 Unsuitable Materials In general, unsuitable materials consist of soft soils which cannot meet the compaction requirements after reconditioning by approved methods, and of other objectionable materials.

02200-5 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM No. 200 0- 5 AJJY 00-1124

b. Where groundwater is encountered in excavation, bedding material shall be drain rocks per Subparagraph 2.1.2 ofthis Section. 2.1.4 Trench Backfill Backfill for trenches shall meet the requirements ofgeneral fill as specified in Subparagraph 2.1.1 ofthis Section, except above subgrade level for paved areas where backfill shall be base course to the dimensions defined on the drawings. 2.1.5 Base Course Base course shall consists ofcrushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated herein: Mechanical Analysis: Sieve Size 2 inches 1-1/2 inches 3/4 inches No.4 No. 40 No. 200* Percentage Passing 100 90

- 100 50

- 80 30

- 60 15

- 30 5 - 13* *Forbase course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half (1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will betaken by the Contracting Officerjustprior to spreading ofbase materials.
a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6
c. R-Value: Not less than 70 d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45
e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 2.0.1 Unsuitable Materials 

### In general, unsuitable materials consist ofsoft soils which cannot meetthe compaction requirements after reconditioning by approved methods, and ofother objectionable materials.

02200-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.0.2 Material Sources The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring materials from sources approved by the Contracting Officer. Unless otherwise indicated by the drawings, all borrow or imported materials for earthwork shall be obtained from designated or off

-site approved sources. Materials shall be selected, mixed and or blended thoroughly to conform to the required specifications for each class of material and stored in stockpiles which are segregated from other materials
. Representative samples of each stockpile must be taken by the Independent Laboratory employed by the Contractor in the presence of the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative
. No material shall be used in the work or placed in any other location on the project site without the written approval of the Contracting Officer. All clearing, grubbing, quarrying, crushing, hauling, mixing or blending and other work related or incidental to the importation or processing of materials shall be at the Contractor's expense. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Demolition and Removal Shall be as specified in Section 02050, entitled Demolition and Removal. 3.1.2 Removal of Unsuitable Material Remove soil, muck, rubbish, debris and other unsuitable materials at and under areas designated for construction. 3.1.3 Excavation This work shall consist of excavation , disposal and/or compaction of all materials of whatever character encountered within the limits of the work and which is necessary for the construction of improvements in accordance with the grades , thicknesses and typical cross sections shown on the drawings or established by the Contracting Officer. Suitable materials removed from the excavation may be used as far as practicable in the formation of embankment, subgrade, bedding, and backfill for structures and pipes , and for other purposes shown on the drawings or as directed or approved by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.4 Filling Filling in areas indicated on the drawings shall consist of placing and compacting of approved material on approved subgrade, including the placing and compacting of fill material in areas where unsuitable materials have been removed, holes, pits , and other depressions within the project area.

02200-6 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.0.2 Material Sources 

### AJJY00-1124

The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring materials from sources approved by the Contracting Officer. Unless otherwise indicated by the drawings, all borrow or imported materials for earthwork shall be obtained from designated or off-site approved sources. Materials shall be selected, mixed and or blended thoroughly to conform to the required specifications for each class ofmaterial and stored in stockpiles which are segregated from other materials. Representative samples ofeach stockpile must be takenbythe Independent Laboratory employed by the Contractor in the presence ofthe Contracting Officer or his authorized representative. No material shall be used in the work or placed in any other location on the project site without the written approval ofthe Contracting Officer. All clearing, grubbing, quarrying, crushing, hauling, mixing orblending and other work related or incidental to the importation or processing ofmaterials shall be at the Contractor's expense. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Demolition and Removal Shall be as specified in Section 02050, entitled Demolition and Removal. 3.1.2 Removal ofUnsuitable Material Remove soil, muck, rubbish, debris and other unsuitable materials at and under areas designated for construction. 3.1.3 Excavation This work shall consist ofexcavation, disposal and/or compaction ofall materials of whatever character encountered within the limits ofthe work and which is necessary for the construction ofimprovements in accordance with the grades, thicknesses and typical cross sections shown on the drawings or established by the Contracting Officer. Suitable materials removed from the excavation may beused as far as practicable in the formation of embankment, subgrade, bedding, and backfill for structures and pipes, and for otherpurposes shown on the drawings or as directed or approved by the Contracting Officer. 3.1.4 Filling Filling in areas indicated on the drawings shall consist ofplacing and compacting of approved material on approved subgrade, including the placing and compacting offill material in areas where unsuitable materials have beenremoved, holes, pits, and other depressions within the project area.



### 02200-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.1.5 Dewatering (If Applicable) Include in dewatering the collection and disposal of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course of construction. This shall include the complete and continuous dewatering of all excavations until backfilled
. Dewatering of structure excavations shall be such that groundwater is lowered to at least 2 feet below the excavated subgrade and subgrade soils are not softened or disturbed. All dewatering activities including disposal of groundwater shall be done in conformance with all applicable regulations. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADING 3.2.1 Preparation for Grading Prior to beginning excavation, grading, and filling work in any area, perform all necessary demolition and removal and clearing and grubbing work in that area in accordance with Section 02050, entitled "Demolition and Removal". Where filling below subgrade is to be made, all sod and vegetable matter and unsuitable materials shall be removed from the surface upon which the fill is to be placed, and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up by plowing , scarifying, or stripping to a minimum depth of 6 inches but not more than 2 feet, and compacted in accordance with Subparagraph 3.2.8 of this Section. 3.2.2 Utilization of Excavated Materials All suitable material removed from excavation shall be used, as far as practicable, in the formation of the embankment, filling, subgrade, and backfill for structures, and for other purposes shown on the drawings or as directed
. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction of embankments and backfills
. All unsuitable materials shall be properly disposed of at the Contractor's expense at designated and/or approved disposal areas. All excess materials, including rock and boulders that cannot be used in fill areas shall be disposed of as directed by the Contracting Officer on or off the project site at the Contractor's expense. Material encountered in the excavation and determined by the Contracting Officer as suitable for topping or fill, or other purposes shall be conserved and utilized as directed. 3.2.3 Drainage Ditches and Swales If any drainage ditches and swales required or to be restored after construction shall conform to the slope, grade, and shape of the required cross-section, with no projections of roots, stumps, rock or similar matter. The Contractor shall maintain and keep open and free from leaves, sticks, and other debris all ditches dug by him until final acceptance of the work. 3.2.4 Removal of Unsuitable Materials

02200-7 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 3.1.5 Dewatering (IfApplicable) 

### AJJY00-1124

Include in dewatering the collection and disposal ofall forms ofsurface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course ofconstruction. This shall include the complete and continuous dewatering ofall excavations until backfilled. Dewatering ofstructure excavations shall be such that groundwater is lowered to at least 2 feet below the excavated subgrade and subgrade soils are not softened or disturbed. All dewatering activities including disposal ofgroundwater shall be done in conformance with all applicable regulations. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADING 3.2.1 Preparation for Grading Prior to beginning excavation, grading, and filling work in any area, perform all necessary demolition and removal and clearing and grubbing work in that area in accordance with Section 02050, entitled "Demolition and Removal". Where filling below subgrade is to be made, all sod and vegetable matter and unsuitable materials shall beremoved from the surface upon which the fill is to be placed, and the cleared surface shall be completely broken up byplowing, scarifying, or stripping to a minimum depth of6 inches but not more than 2 feet, and compacted in accordance with Subparagraph 3.2.8 ofthis Section. 3.2.2 Utilization of Excavated Materials All suitable material removed from excavation shall beused, as far as practicable, in the formation ofthe embankment, filling, subgrade, and backfill for structures, and for other purposes shown on the drawings or as directed. Only approved materials shall be used in the construction ofembankments and backfills. All unsuitable materials shall be properly disposed ofat the Contractor's expense at designated and/or approved disposal areas. All excess materials, including rock and boulders that cannot be used in fill areas shall be disposed ofas directed bythe Contracting Officer on or offthe project site at the Contractor's expense. Material encountered in the excavation and determined bythe Contracting Officer as suitable for topping orfill, or other purposes shall be conserved and utilized as directed. 3.2.3 Drainage Ditches and Swales Ifany drainage ditches and swales required or to berestored after construction shall conform to the slope, grade, and shape ofthe required cross-section, with no projections ofroots, stumps, rock or similar matter. The Contractor shall maintain and keep open and free from leaves, sticks, and other debris all ditches dug by him until final acceptance ofthe work. 3.2.4 Removal ofUnsuitable Materials



### 02200-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM The Contractor shall not excavate beyond the dimensions and elevations established, except where unsuitable materials are encountered in the subgrade. Where unsuitable materials are encountered, such materials shall be removed to a depth required to obtain a dense, unyielding subgrade as determined by the Contracting Officer. The excavation shall then be backfilled with general fill compacted as required in this Section. If the bottom of excavation is too soft for placing compacted general fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu of general fill but limit the drain rocks thickness to only required to stabilize soft soil. 3.2.5 Placing Drain Rocks Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface of the drain rock shall be compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. This work shall be a basic responsibility of the Contractor and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2.6 Placing General Fill Unless otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer, fills and backfills shall not contain mulch, roots, sod, or other deleterious matter. Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 10 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. Water shall be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required density. Removal of water shall be accomplished through aeration by plowing, blading, disking, or other methods satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. Hauling equipment shall be dispersed uniformly over the entire surface of the previously constructed layer to minimize rutting or uneven compaction. 3.2.7 Placing Base Course Base Course shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction of each layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. Water shall be added or removed, if necessary, in order to obtain the required compaction. 3.2.8 Compaction Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in the other sections of these specifications, the Contractor shall compact the material placed as general fill, trench backfill, base course,

02200-8 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
The Contractor shall not excavate beyond the dimensions and elevations established, except where unsuitable materials are encountered in the subgrade. Where unsuitable materials are encountered, such materials shall be removed to a depth required to obtain a dense, unyielding subgrade as determined bythe Contracting Officer. The excavation shall then be backfilled with general fill compacted as required in this Section. Ifthe bottom ofexcavation is too soft for placing compacted general fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu of general fill but limit the drain rocks thickness to onlyrequired to stabilize soft soil. 3.2.5 Placing Drain Rocks Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface ofthe drain rock shall be compacted until it is dense and non-yielding. This work shall be abasic responsibility ofthe Contractor and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2.6 Placing General Fill Unless otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer, fills and backfills shall not contain mulch, roots, sod, or other deleterious matter. Fill material shall be placed inhorizontal layers not exceeding 10 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise directedbythe Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall be used on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As the compaction ofeach layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will be required to assure uniform density. Water shall be added or removed, ifnecessary, in order to obtain the required density. Removal ofwater shall be accomplished through aerationbyplowing, blading, disking, or other methods satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. Hauling equipment shall be dispersed uniformly over the entire surface ofthe previously constructed layer to minimize rutting or uneven compaction. 3.2.7 Placing Base Course Base Course shall beplaced in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches (loose measurement) and shall be compacted as specified before the next layer is placed, except as otherwise directed bythe Contracting Officer. Effective spreading equipment shall beused on each lift to obtain uniform thickness priorto compacting. As the compaction ofeach layer progresses, continuous leveling and manipulating will berequired to assure uniform density. Water shall be added orremoved, ifnecessary, in order to obtain the required compaction. 3.2.8 Compaction Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or in the other sections ofthese specifications, the Contractor shall compact the material placed as general fill, trench backfill, base course,



### 02200-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM until a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557, Method D or ASTM D2922. 3.3 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES 3.3.1 Description This work shall consist of the necessary excavating and backfilling for foundations and structures in reasonably close conformity with the drawings or as established by the Contracting Officer. This work shall also include necessary dewatering as well as the furnishing of equipment and materials thereto and their subsequent removal. 3.3.2 Excavation Requirements - All Structures Trenches or foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the drawings
. They shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of structures or structure footings of the full width and length shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, if shown on the drawings, shall be considered as approximate only, but, in fact, the actual dimensions or elevations of footings shall be those deemed necessary by the Contracting Officer to permit the placement of base or bedding material as indicated on the drawings or to otherwise secure a satisfactory foundation. Boulders, logs, and any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer to that effect, and no backfill, base course, structure footing or any part of the structure shall be placed until the Contracting Officer and the Owner 's Geotechnical Consultant has approved the depth of excavation and the character of the foundation material. In excavations for footings carried below the depths indicated without specific directions from the Contracting Officer, the additional depths shall be backfilled with lean concrete or other approved materials, or the footing shall be extended to the bottom of the excavations; all additional work of this nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. All foundation excavations shall be cleaned of all loose materials and cut to a firm surface. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When the foundation material is soft or mucky or otherwise unsuitable, as determined by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable material as provided for in Subparagraph 3.2.4 of this Section. Where foundation subgrade for structures consist of clay or silt, the subgrade shall be excavated to provide for 24 inches of base course under all slabs and footings
. The Contractor shall protect such sub

-grades for disturbance and softening. When structure sub-grades consist of limestone or limestone gravel, 6 inches of base course shall be provided. All base course shall extend 3 feet beyond structure limits. The base course, as noted on the drawings , shall be placed and compacted in 8-inch layers up to the foundation elevation. Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring,

02200-9 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

### AJJY 00-1124
until a uniform density ofnot less than 95 percent ofthe maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557, Method D or ASTM D2922. 3.3 EARTHWORK FOR STRUCTURES 3.3.1 Description This work shall consist ofthe necessary excavating and backfilling for foundations and structures in reasonably close conformity with the drawings or as established by the Contracting Officer. This work shall also include necessary dewatering as well as the furnishing ofequipment and materials thereto and their subsequent removal. 3.3.2 Excavation Requirements

- All Structures Trenches or foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the drawings. They shall be ofsufficient size to permit the placing ofstructures or structure footings ofthe full width and length shown. The elevations ofthe bottoms offootings, ifshown on the drawings, shall be considered as approximate only, but, in fact, the actual dimensions or elevations offootings shall be those deemed necessarybythe Contracting Officer to permit the placement ofbase or bedding material as indicated onthe drawings or to otherwise secure a satisfactory foundation. Boulders, logs, and any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer to that effect, and no backfill, base course, structure footing or any part ofthe structure shall be placed until the Contracting Officer and the Owner's Geotechnical Consultanthas approved the depth ofexcavation and the character ofthe foundation material. In excavations for footings carriedbelow the depths indicated without specific directions from the Contracting Officer, the additional depths shall be backfilled with lean concrete or other approved materials, or the footing shall be extended to the bottom ofthe excavations; all additional work ofthis nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. All foundation excavations shall be cleaned ofall loose materials and cut to a firm surface. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When the foundation material is soft or mucky or otherwise unsuitable, as determined bythe Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable material as provided for in Subparagraph 3.2.4 ofthis Section. Where foundation subgrade for structures consist ofclay or silt, the subgrade shall be excavated to provide for 24 inches ofbase course under all slabs and footings. The Contractor shall protect such sub-grades for disturbance and softening. When structure sub-grades consist oflimestone or limestone gravel, 6 inches ofbase course shall be provided. All base course shall extend 3 feet beyond structure limits. The base course, as noted on the drawings, shall beplaced and compacted in 8-inch layers up to the foundation elevation. Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members ofsizes and arrangement sufficient to prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring,



### 02200-9REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM sheeting, and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and/or sheeting. 3.3.3 Utilization of Excavated Materials All excavated materials, so far as suitable, shall be utilized as fill and/or backfill. Silty or clayey materials shall not be used for backfill under structures or immediately adjacent to. The surplus material shall not be placed within a drainage area, but shall be stockpiled or disposed of finally as directed by the Contracting Officer and in such manner as not to obstruct drainage, or otherwise impair the efficiency or appearance of the structure. No excavated material shall be deposited at any time so as to endanger the partly finished structure. 3.3.4 Backfill for/Fill against Structures Backfill for or fill against structures shall be placed simultaneously on both sides of the structure, except where conditions require that backfill or embankment is to be placed on only one side or be higher on one side. In such circumstances, backfill shall be placed only with the permission of the Contracting Officer or after the structure has attained sufficient strength. All backfill and embankments adjacent to structures shall be placed in horizontal layers having an 8-inch maximum loose thickness, then compacted as specified herein. Backfill placed directly within 3 feet against structures shall consist of base course material. 3.3.5 Compaction If the limits of backfill are within the zone of a road subbase, a pavement structure, or immediately beneath foundations as defined on the drawings, backfill shall conform to the material and compaction requirements for base course (95% compaction) as specified in Subparagraph 3.2.7 of this Section. Compact other backfill adjacent to and not supporting any structural elements to at least 90% as determined by ASTM D1557 (Method D) or ASTM D 2922. 3.3.6 Grading Adjacent to Structures The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall be brought to finish grades indicated within 1/10 of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away from structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing machines. Grades in areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable elevation. 3.3.7 Disposition of Surplus and Unsuitable Material Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other soil material shall be deposited in areas designated by the Contracting Officer or hauled off the project site at the Contractor's expense to approved disposal areas. Wasted material shall be spread and leveled at the disposal area(s) to a degree which is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.
02200-10 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 sheeting, and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal ofthe shoring and/or sheeting. 3.3.3 Utilization ofExcavated Materials All excavated materials, so far as suitable, shall beutilized as fill and/or backfill. Silty or clayey materials shall not be used for backfill under structures or immediately adjacent to. The surplus material shall not be placed within a drainage area, but shall be stockpiled or disposed offinally as directed by the Contracting Officer and in such manner as not to obstruct drainage, or otherwise impair the efficiency or appearance ofthe structure. No excavated material shall be deposited at any time so as to endangerthe partly finished structure. 3.3.4 Backfill foriFill against Structures Backfill for orfill against structures shall be placed simultaneously onboth sides ofthe structure, except where conditions require thatbackfill or embankment is to be placed on only one side or be higher on one side. In such circumstances, backfill shall be placed only with the permission ofthe Contracting Officer or after the structure has attained sufficient strength. All backfill and embankments adjacent to structures shall be placed in horizontal layers having an 8-inch maximum loose thickness, then compacted as specified herein. Backfill placed directly within 3 feet against structures shall consist ofbase course material. 3.3.5 Compaction Ifthe limits ofbackfill are within the zone ofa road subbase, a pavement structure, or immediatelybeneath foundations as defined on the drawings, backfill shall conform to the material and compactionrequirements for base course (95% compaction) as specified in Subparagraph 3.2.7 ofthis Section. Compact other backfill adjacentto and not supporting any structural elements to at least 90% as determinedbyASTM D1557 (Method D) or ASTMD 2922. 3.3.6 Grading Adjacent to Structures The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall bebrought to finish grades indicated within 1110 ofa foot and shall be graded to drain water away from structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed bythe Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use ofmowing machines. Grades in areas to receive topsoil shall bebrought to acceptable elevation. 3.3.-7 Disposition ofSurplus and Unsuitable Material Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other soil material shall be deposited in areas designated by the Contracting Officer orhauled offthe project site at the Contractor's expense to approved disposal areas. Wasted material shall be spread and leveled at the disposal area(s) to a degree which is satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.


### 02200-10REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.3.8 Subgrade Preparation After site stripping and the required excavations are completed , the areas to be filled and the exposed surface of the completed excavated areas should be scarified to a depth of approximately 6 inches, moisture conditioned as necessary and recompacted to at least 90 percent compaction for clayey silt and 95 percent compaction for silty sandy gravel soil. 3.4 RESTORATION All disturbed work, including grassing, plantings, pavements, etc., shall be restored to their original condition or better. Replacement materials shall be subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. All remaining work that will be exposed shall have all damaged unfinished areas, or defects caused by the removal and preparatory work completely repaired, patched or filled in as required to match the adjoining existing surfaces
. Where the method of repair work is not indicated or specified, the Contractor shall perform the repair work in accordance with the best recognized workmanlike procedure for the area and the surrounding construction involved, subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer. 3.5 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.5.1 Samples Submit one 50-pound composite sample for fill or backfill material taken from one source or from excavated materials of a similar, uniform character. Samples in the number directed, shall be submitted whenever the source or character of the material changes. Where imported material is used, a sample shall be taken which is representative of each source. Samples shall be placed in a clean container which shall be fastened to prevent loss of material and tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.: Source: Sample No.: Intended Use: Date of Sample: Sampler: 3.5.2 Tests Fill, backfill and bedding shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and for conformance to ASTM D2419, and ASTM D2487 gradation limits. Test fill and backfill for material finer than the No. 200 sieve in accordance with ASTM D1140. Test fill and backfill for liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D4318. Test fill and backfill materials for moisture density relations in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. Perform one of each of the required tests for each material used when directed by the Contracting Officer. Provide additional tests as specified above for each source change. Perform density tests in randomly selected locations and in accordance with ASTM D1556 or
02200-11 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
3.3.8 Subgrade Preparation 

### AJJY 00-1124

After site stripping and the required excavations are completed, the areas to be filled and the exposed surface ofthe completed excavated areas should be scarified to a depth of approximately 6 inches, moisture conditioned as necessary and recompacted to at least 90 percent compaction for clayey silt and 95 percent compaction for silty sandy gravel soil. 3.4 RESTORATION All disturbed work, including grassing, plantings, pavements, etc., shall be restored to their original condition orbetter. Replacement materials shall be subject to the approval ofthe Contracting Officer. All remaining work that will be exposed shall have all damaged unfinished areas, or defects caused bythe removal and preparatory work completelyrepaired, patched orfilled in as required to match the adjoining existing surfaces. Where the method ofrepair work is not indicated or specified, the Contractor shall perform the repair work in accordance with the bestrecognized workmanlike procedure for the area and the surrounding construction involved, subjectto the approval ofthe Contracting Officer. 3.5 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.5.1 Samples Submit one 50-pound composite sample for fill or backfill material taken from one source or from excavated materials ofa similar, uniform character. Samples in the number directed, shall be submitted whenever the source or character ofthe material changes. Where imported material is used, a sample shall be taken which is representative ofeach source. Samples shall be placed in a clean container which shall be fastened to prevent loss of material and tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.: Source: Sample No.: Intended Use: Date ofSample: Sampler: 3.5.2 Tests Fill, backfill and bedding shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and for conformance to ASTM D2419, and ASTM D2487 gradation limits. Test fill and backfill for material finer than the No. 200 sieve in accordance with ASTM D1140. Test fill and backfill for liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D4318. Test fill and backfill materials for moisture density relations in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. Perform one ofeach ofthe required tests for each material used when directed bythe Contracting Officer. Provide additional tests as specified above for each source change. Perform density tests in randomly selected locations and in accordance with ASTM D1556 or


### 02200-11REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B

- 1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM ASTM D2922 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift on fill areas or per 2,000 square feet of subgrade area in cut; one test per layer of lift per 500 linear feet of utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less. Determine moisture content of soil material in place in accordance with ASTM D3017 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer of lift at fill areas or one test per layer of lift per 500 linear feet of utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less. A change in testing frequency or other requirements may be effected only upon the written approval of the Contracting Officer. -- End of Section --

02200-12 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
ASTM D2922 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer oflift on fill areas or per 2,000 square feet ofsubgrade area in cut; one test per layer oflift per 500 linear feet of utility trench, or per utility trench section, whichever is less. Determine moisture content ofsoil material in place in accordance with ASTM D3017 as follows: one test per 2,000 square feet in each layer oflift at fill areas or one test per layer of lift per 500 linear feet ofutilitytrench, orperutility trench section, whichever is less. A change in testing frequency or otherrequirements may be effected only upon the written approval ofthe Contracting Officer.

-- End ofSection

--

02200-12REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 02201 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues of the following publications of the listed below are referred to thereafter by basic designation only, for a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references hereto. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. D1557 Moisture

-Density Relations of Soils Using 10-lb. Rammer and 18 in.

Drop. D2922 Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All approvals, except those required for field installations , field applications, and field tests shall be obtained before construction is started and before delivery materials or equipment to the project site. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section covers all earthwork required for construction of storm drainage and utilities systems. -1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Certified Test Reports; G Before delivery of materials and equipment, four certified copies of the reports of all tests required in referenced publications or specified herein shall be submitted and approved. The testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The testing shall have been performed within three (3) years of submittal of the reports for approval
. Test reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer
02201-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 02201 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITIES
PARTI GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 

### AJJY 00-1124

The latest issues ofthe following publications ofthe listed below are referred to thereafterby basic designation only, for a part ofthis specification to the extent indicated byreferences hereto. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C136 D1556 D1557
D2922 Method for Sieve Analysis ofFine and Coarse Aggregates. Test Method for Density ofSoil in Placebythe Sand-Cone Method. Moisture-Density Relations ofSoils Using lO-lb. Rammer and 18 in. Drop. TestMethod for Density ofSoil and Soil-Aggregate in Place byNuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control provisions ofDivision 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications, and field tests shall be obtained before construction is started and before delivery materials or equipment to the project site. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section covers all earthwork required for construction ofstorm drainage and utilities systems.

.1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Certified Test Reports; G Before delivery ofmaterials and equipment, four certified copies ofthe reports ofall tests required in referenced publications or specified herein shall be submitted and approved. The testing shall have beenperformed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The testing shall have beenperformed within three (3) years ofsubmittal ofthe reports for approval. Test reports shall be accompanied bynotarized certificates from the manufacturer


### 02201-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM certifying that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality manufacture, and make as that proposed to be supplied. 1.4.2 Dewatering Plan; G Before commencing earthwork operation, four copies of the proposed dewatering plan shall be submitted to and approved by the Contracting Officer. Dewatering plan shall include provisions for the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course of construction. 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials shall be delivered to and stored at the site in a manner which will maintain different materials in segregated piles and preclude the introduction of deleterious materials. 1.6 PROTECTION 1.6.1 Environmental Protection All work and Contractor operations shall comply with the requirements specified in Section 01355, entitled Environmental Protection. 1.6.2 Protection of Utility Lines Existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavating and trenching and that are to be retained , as well as utility lines constructed during excavating and trenching operations , shall be protected from damage during excavating, trenching and backfilling, and if damaged , shall be repaired as directed by the Contracting Officer at the Contractor's expense. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall issue written notification 48 hours in advance to the Contracting Officer stating the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of the service. The Contractor shall also make arrangements with appropriate utility agencies in accordance with their requirements for all utility work under this contract. 1.6.3 Shoring and Sheeting Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members of sizes and arrangement sufficient to prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring, sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled ; care shall be exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal of the shoring and sheeting. 1.6.4 Blasting Use of explosives will not be permitted.

02201-2 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 certifying that the tested material and equipment is ofthe same type, quality manufacture, and make as that proposed to be supplied. 1.4.2 Dewatering Plan; G Before commencing earthwork operation, four copies ofthe proposed dewatering plan shall be submitted to and approved by the Contracting Officer. Dewatering plan shall include provisions for the control ofall forms of surface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course ofconstruction. 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials shall be delivered to and stored at the site in a manner which will maintain different materials in segregated piles and preclude the introduction ofdeleterious materials. 1.6 PROTECTION 1.6.1 Environmental Protection All work and Contractor operations shall comply with the requirements specified in Section 01355, entitled Environmental Protection. 1.6.2 Protection ofUtility Lines Existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations ofwhich are made known to the Contractor prior to excavating and trenching and that are to beretained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavating and trenching operations, shall beprotected from damage during excavating, trenching and backfilling, and ifdamaged, shall be repaired as directed by the Contracting Officer at the Contractor's expense. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area ofoperations, the Contractor shall issue written notification 48 hours in advance to the Contracting Officer stating the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption ofthe service. The Contractor shall also make arrangements with appropriate utility agencies in accordance with their requirements for all utility work under this contract. 1.6.3 Shoring and Sheeting Excavations shall be shored and sheeted with members ofsizes and arrangement sufficient to prevent injury to persons, damage to structure, injurious caving, or erosion. Shoring, sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavations are backfilled; care shall be exercised to prevent injurious caving during the removal ofthe shoring and sheeting. 1.6.4 Blasting Use ofexplosives will not be permitted.

02201-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.7 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING The Contractor shall based his/her bid based on the criteria and prevailing work conditions outlined in Paragraph 1.6 of Section 02200, entitled Earthwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 2.1.1 Bedding Material Refer to Paragraph 2.1.3 of Section 02200. 2.1.2 General Fill Refer to Paragraph 2.1.1 of Section 02200. 2.1.3 Select Fill Material for select fill shall be free of objectionable materials and of fragments larger than 3 inches in any dimension
. Material shall meet the following requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3 inches 100 No. 4 10 - 100 No. 200 8 - 25 Liquid Limit = 25 maximum Plasticity Index = 6 maximum 2.1.4 Drain rocks Refer to Paragraph 2.1.2 of Section 02200. 2.2 TOPSOIL Material from the areas to be excavated or graded which are suitable for topsoil , shall be deposited in piles separate from other excavated material. Piles of topsoil shall be located so that the material can be used readily for the finished surface grading: topsoil shall be protected and maintained until needed. Any surplus of topsoil shall be stockpiled as directed by the Contracting Officer. When used for finished surface grading, topsoil shall be spread uniformly over the areas indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION

02201-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.7 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING 

### AJJY 00-1124

The Contractor shall based hislher bid based on the criteria and prevailing work conditions outlined in Paragraph 1.6 ofSection 02200, entitled Earthwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 2.1.1 Bedding Material Refer to Paragraph 2.1.3 ofSection 02200. 2.1.2 General Fill Refer to Paragraph 2.1.1 ofSection 02200. 2.1.3 SelectFill Material for select fill shall be free ofobjectionable materials and offragments larger than 3 inches in any dimension. Material shall meet the following requirements: Sieve Size Percent PassingbyWeight 3 inches No.4 No. 200 Liquid Limit

## =25 maximum Plasticity Index

## =6 maximum 2.1.4 Drainrocks 100 10

- 100 8 - 25

Refer to Paragraph 2.1.2 ofSection 02200. 2.2 TOPSOIL Material from the areas to be excavated or graded which are suitable for topsoil, shall be deposited in piles separate from other excavated material. Piles oftopsoil shall be located so that the material can be used readily for the finished surface grading: topsoil shall be protected and maintained until needed. Any surplus oftopsoil shall be stockpiled as directed bythe Contracting Officer. When used for finished surface grading, topsoil shall be spread uniformly over the areas indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION



### 02201-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.1 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING 3.1.1 General Excavations shall be carried to contours and dimensions indicated or necessary
. Excavations shall be kept free from water while construction is in progress. The bottom of the trench excavation shall be compacted to 90 percent ASTM D1557, Method D, density. Soft soil or unsuitable material encountered at bottom of excavation shall be removed to the depth necessary to obtain the required density but not exceeding 24 inches. The excavation shall then be backfilled with general or select fill compacted to 95 percent. If the bottom of excavation is too soft for placing compacted general or select fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu of general or select fill
. Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface of the drain rocks shall be compacted with a vibratory compactor until it is dense and non-yielding. All additional work of this nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.1.2 Grading The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated
. Fill shall be brought to finished grades indicated within a one

-tenth of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away from structures
. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing machines
. Grades under areas to receive topsoil shall be brought to acceptable elevation. 3.1.3 Disposition of Surplus Material Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other material shall be wasted by disposition in the area indicated or hauled at the Contractor's expense to an approved disposal site in compliance with federal and local requirements. 3.2 DEWATERING 3.2.1 Dewatering During Construction Dewatering shall include the control of all forms of surface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course of construction. 3.3 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.3.1 Sampling All sampling shall be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. A 50-lb. sample of bedding material shall be taken at every 500 cubic yards for sieve analysis of aggregate. Duplicate samples shall be provided to the Contracting Officer on an average of one (1)

02201-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.1 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND GRADING 3.1.1 General 

### AJJY00-1124

Excavations shall be carried to contours and dimensions indicated or necessary. Excavations shall bekept free from water while construction is in progress. The bottom ofthe trench excavation shall be compacted to 90 percent ASTM D1557, Method D, density. Soft soil or unsuitable material encountered at bottom ofexcavation shall be removed to the depth necessary to obtain the required densitybut not exceeding 24 inches. The excavation shall then bebackfilled with general or select fill compacted to 95 percent. Ifthe bottom of excavation is too soft for placing compacted general or select fill, drain rocks shall be used for backfill in lieu ofgeneral or select fill. Drain rocks backfill shall be spread uniformly without segregation. The upper surface ofthe drain rocks shall be compacted with a vibratory compactor until it is dense and non-yielding. All additional work ofthis nature shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.1.2 Grading The Contractor shall perform all grading in the areas so indicated. Fill shall bebrought to finished grades indicated within a one-tenth ofa foot and shall be graded to drain water away from structures. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed bythe Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing machines. Grades under areas to receive topsoil shall bebrought to acceptable elevation. 3.1.3 Disposition ofSurplus Material Surplus material not required for filling, backfilling, or grading and other material shall be wasted by disposition in the area indicated orhauled at the Contractor's expense to an approved disposal site in compliance with federal and local requirements. 3.2 DEWATERING 3.2.1 Dewatering During Construction Dewatering shall include the control ofall forms ofsurface and subsurface water that may be encountered in the course ofconstruction. 3.3 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.3.1 Sampling All sampling shall be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. A 50-lb. sample of bedding material shall be taken at every 500 cubic yards for sieve analysis ofaggregate. Duplicate samples shall be provided to the Contracting Officer on an average ofone (1)



### 02201-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM sample a month. The duplicate samples shall be taken at the same time and in the same manner, and shall bear the sample number of identification. 3.3.2 Sample Identification Each sample shall be contained in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent loss of material. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.: Sample No.: Date of Sample: Sampler: Source: Intended Use: For Testing: 3.3.3 Testing Quantity:

All testing shall be conducted by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the Contractor. 3.3.4 Bedding Material and Select Fill Testing Gradation test shall be made on each sample in accordance with ASTM C136. 3.3.5 Compaction Testing Compaction shall be made in randomly selected locations in accordance with ASTM D1156 or ASTM D2922 as follows: Material Test Frequency Bedding 1 per 200 cubic yards Select and General 1 per lift per 2500 sq. ft. Fill Material The Contracting Officer may reduce at his discretion the Sampling and Testing frequency if he is assured that quality control is being carefully observed. -- End of Section --

02201-5 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124 sample a month. The duplicate samples shall be taken at the same time and in the same manner, and shall bear the sample number ofidentification. 3.3.2 Sample Identification Each sample shall be contained in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent loss ofmaterial. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.:
_____ _ Sample No.:
_____ _ Quantity:
____ _ Date ofSample:
____ _ Sampler:
______ _ Source:
______ _ Intended Use:
____ _ For Testing:
_____ _ 3.3.3 Testing All testing shall be conducted bythe Contractor as specified herein at the expense ofthe Contractor
. 3.3.4 Bedding Material and Select Fill Testing Gradation test shall be made on each sample in accordance with ASTM C136. 3.3.5 Compaction Testing Compaction shall be made in randomly selected locations in accordance with ASTM Dl156 or ASTM D2922 as follows: Material Bedding Select and General Fill Material Test Frequency 1per 200 cubic yards 1per lift per 2500 sq. ft.
The Contracting Officer may reduce at his discretion the Sampling and Testing frequency if he is assured that quality control is being carefully observed.

-- End ofSection

--



### 02201-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 02203 BASE COURSE

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced
. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C117 Test Methods for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve In mineral

Aggregates by Washing. C131 Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse

Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Use of the Los Angeles Machine. C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. D4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. D1140 Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the No. 200 Sieve. D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method. D1557 Moisture

-Density Relations of Soils Using 10-lb. Rammer and 18-inch

Drop. D1883 Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of

Laboratory

-Compacted Soils. D2217 Practice for Wet Preparation of Soils Samples for Particle-Size Analysis

and Determination of Soil Constants. D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications , and field tests, shall 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
SECTION 02203 BASE COURSE
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: C1l7
C131

C136 D4318 D1l40 D1556 D1557
D1883
D2217
D2922 Test Methods for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve In mineral Aggregates byWashing. Test Methods for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Use of the Los Angeles Machine. Method for Sieve Analysis ofFine and Coarse Aggregate. Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index ofSoils. Amount ofMaterial in Soils Finer Than the No. 200 Sieve. Test Method for Density ofSoil in Place by the Sand Cone Method. Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using lO-lb. Rammer and 18-inch Drop. Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory-Compacted Soils. Practice for Wet Preparation of Soils Samples for Particle-Size Analysis and Determination ofSoil Constants. Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control provisions of Division 1, Section 01400 apply to this section. All approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications, and field tests, shall


### 02203-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM be obtained before construction is started and before delivery of materials or equipment to the project site. 1.3 CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS; G Before delivery of materials and equipment, five certified copies of the reports of all tests required in referenced publications or specified herein, shall be submitted and approved. The testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The tests shall have been performed within three years of submittal of the reports for approval. Tests reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the tested material and equipment is of the same type, quality, manufacture , and make as that proposed to be supplied. Certified test reports are required for the following: Plasticity Index. R-Value. Liquid Limit. Aggregate gradation. L.A. Abrasion. Sand equivalent. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and sorted with a minimum of handling. Aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent segregation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Base Course shall consists of crushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated herein: h i l A l i Mec an ca na ys s: Sieve Size Percentage Passing 2 inches 100 1-1/2 inches 90 - 100 3/4 inches 50 - 80 No. 4 30- 60 No. 40 15- 30 No. 200* 5- 13* *For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half (1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve
. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will
02203-2 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
be obtained before construction is started and before delivery of materials or equipment to the project site. 1.3 CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS; G Before delivery of materials and equipment, five certified copies of the reports of all tests required in referenced publications or specified herein, shall be submitted and approved. The testing shall have been performed in a laboratory meeting the requirements specified. The tests shall have been performed within three years of submittal of the reports for approval. Tests reports shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the tested material and equipment is ofthe same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed to be supplied. Certified test reports are required for the following: Plasticity Index. R-Value. Liquid Limit. Aggregate gradation. L.A. Abrasion. Sand equivalent. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials delivered to the site shall be inspected for damage, unloaded and sorted with a minimum of handling. Aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent segregation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Base Course shall consists ofcrushed coralline limestone meeting the requirements indicated herein: Mechanical Analysis: Sieve Size 2 inches 1-112 inches 3/4 inches No.4 No. 40 No. 200* Percentage Passing 100 90

- 100 50

- 80 30

- 60 15

- 30 5 - 13* *For base course, the fraction passing the No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than one-half (1/2) the fraction passing the No. 40 sieve. Final acceptance samples for gradation tests will
02203-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM be taken by the Contracting Officer just prior to spreading of base materials.
a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6
c. R-Value: Not less than 70 d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45
e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION 3.1.1 General The graded aggregate base course shall be constructed on a previously constructed subbase course, as indicated
. The base course shall consist of aggregate processed, deposited , spread and weather conditions detrimentally affect the quality of the base course
. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect all areas of complete base course against any detrimental effects. Areas of base course that are damage by weather conditions , during any phase of construction, shall be reconditioned, reshaped, and recompacted in conformance with the requirements of this specification without additional cost to the Owner. Line and grade stakes shall be provided as necessary for control
. Grade stakes shall be placed in lanes paralleling the centerline of the area to the paved, and suitably spaced for string lining. 3.1.2 Mixing of Materials Coarse and fine aggregate shall be mixed in a stationary plant, or in a traveling plant. Coarse and fine aggregates shall be proportioned by weight or by volume in such quantities that specified gradation, liquid limit, and plasticity index requirements shall be met after the base course has been placed and compacted
. Water measured by weight or by volume in quantities sufficient to provide the necessary moisture content for the specified compaction, shall be incorporated during the mixing operation
. Mixing operations shall produce satisfactory uniform blending and the method of discharging into trucks shall to produce segregation. 3.1.3 Placing Mixed material shall not be dumped in piles, but shall be placed in layers of 8 inches uniform thickness with a spreader or tailgate spreading
. No layer shall exceed 6 inches or be less than 3 inches when compacted. Layers shall be so placed that when compacted they will be true to grades or levels required with the least possible surface irregularities
. Where the base course is constructed in more than one (1) layer, the previously constructed layers shall be
02203-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM be taken bythe Contracting Officerjustprior to spreading ofbase materials.
a. Liquid Limit: Not greater than 25. b. Plasticity Index: Not greater than 6
c. R-Value: Not less than 70 d. Los Angeles Abrasion: Not greater than 45
e. Sand Equivalent: Not less than 35 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION 3.1.1 General 

### AJJY 00-1124

The graded aggregate base course shall be constructed on a previously constructed subbase course, as indicated. The base course shall consist of aggregate processed, deposited, spread and weather conditions detrimentally affect the quality of the base course. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect all areas of complete base course against any detrimental effects. Areas ofbase course that are damage by weather conditions, during any phase of construction, shall be reconditioned, reshaped, and recompacted in conformance with the requirements of this specification without additional cost to the Owner. Line and grade stakes shall be provided as necessary for control. Grade stakes shall be placed in lanes paralleling the centerline ofthe area to the paved, and suitably spaced for string lining. 3.1.2 Mixing ofMaterials Coarse and fine aggregate shall be mixed in a stationary plant, or in a traveling plant. Coarse and fine aggregates shall be proportioned by weight or by volume in such quantities that specified gradation, liquid limit, and plasticity index requirements shall be met after the base course has been placed and compacted. Water measured by weight or by volume in quantities sufficient to provide the necessary moisture content for the specified compaction, shall be incorporated during the mixing operation. Mixing operations shall produce satisfactory uniform blending and the method of discharging into trucks shall to produce segregation. 3.1.3 Placing Mixed material shall notbe dumped in piles, but shall be placed in layers of 8 inches uniform thickness with a spreader or tailgate spreading. No layer shall exceed 6 inches orbe less than 3 inches when compacted. Layers shall be so placed that when compacted they will be true to grades or levels required with the least possible surface irregularities. Where the base course is constructed in more than one (1) layer, the previously constructed layers shall be


### 02203-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers , power brooms, or hand brooms
. Water content of the material shall be maintained during the placing period as required to obtain the compaction specified
. Adjustment in placing procedures or equipment shall be made as required to obtain true grades , to minimize segregation and degradation, to reduce or increase water content, and to insure a satisfactory base course. 3.1.4 Road-Mix Methods The aggregate shall be placed in a layer of uniform thickness, on the underlying course, without segregation of sizes, followed by placing thereon a uniform layer of binder material to such loose depth and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the finished layer will conform to the requirements specified. The materials shall be spread in layers of uniform thickness
. The layers shall be mixed with blade graders or other approved equipment in a manner which does not disturb or mix material from the underlying course into the layer. Mixing shall be continued until the mixture is uniform throughout, adding water as necessary by means of the sprinkling equipment. The surface shall be finished to the required contour and grades
. In lieu of placing the materials in layers, the aggregates and binder material may be placed on the underlying course in windrows of such cross

-section and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the layer will conform to the requirements specified. 3.1.5 Compacting and Finishing Immediately following the mixing, the finished mixture shall be spread uniformly in a layer and brought to optimum moisture content. The loose thickness and the surface of the layer to be compacted shall be such that the density specified and the required thickness will be obtained after compaction with the equipment to be used
. The layer shall be compacted with steel

-faced, vibrating or pneumatic

-tired rollers , or other suitable compacting equipment or combinations thereof. Compacting shall be continued until the layer is compacted through the full depth to a field density of at least 95 percent of maximum density when tested by MODIFIED PROCTOR density test in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. In all areas not accessible to rollers or compactors, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical hand tampers. If the mixture is excessively moistened by rain, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders , or other suitable equipment, until the moisture content of the material is such that, when the material is compacted, the required density is obtained. The surface of the layer shall be finished by a combination of rolling and blading, and shall be smooth from waves and inequalities. 3.1.6 Finishing at Edges of Base Course Earth or other approved material shall be placed along the edges of the base course in such quantity as will compact to the thickness of the course being constructed , or, when the course is being constructed in two or more layers, to the thickness of each layer of the course, allowing in each operation at least a one-foot width of the shoulder to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with the rolling and compacting of each layer of the base course.

02203-4 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers, power brooms, or hand brooms. Water content ofthe material shall be maintained during the placing period as required to obtain the compaction specified. Adjustment in placing procedures or equipment shall be made as required to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to reduce or increase water content, and to insure a satisfactory base course. 3.1.4 Road-Mix Methods The aggregate shall be placed in a layer of uniform thickness, on the underlying course, without segregation of sizes, followed by placing thereon a uniform layer ofbinder material to such loose depth and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the finished layer will conform to the requirements specified. The materials shall be spread in layers of uniform thickness. The layers shall be mixed with blade graders or other approved equipment in a manner which does not disturb or mix material from the underlying course into the layer. Mixing shall be continued until the mixture is uniform throughout, adding water as necessary by means ofthe sprinkling equipment. The surface shall be finished to the required contour and grades. In lieu ofplacing the materials in layers, the aggregates and binder material may be placed on the underlying course in windrows of such cross-section and proportions that, when mixed and compacted, the layer will conform to the requirements specified. 3.1.5 Compacting and Finishing Immediately following the mixing, the finished mixture shall be spread uniformly in a layer and brought to optimum moisture content. The loose thickness and the surface ofthe layer to be compacted shall be such that the density specified and the required thickness will be obtained after compaction with the equipment to be used. The layer shall be compacted with steel-faced, vibrating or pneumatic-tired rollers, or other suitable compacting equipment or combinations thereof. Compacting shall be continued until the layer is compacted through the full depth to a field density of at least 95 percent of maximum density when tested by MODIFIED PROCTOR density test in accordance with ASTM D1557 Method D. In all areas not accessible to rollers or compactors, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical hand tampers. Ifthe mixture is excessively moistened by rain, it shall be aerated by means of blade graders, or other suitable equipment, until the moisture content ofthe material is such that, when the material is compacted, the required density is obtained. The surface ofthe layer shall be finished by a combination ofrolling and blading, and shall be smooth from waves and inequalities. 3.1.6 Finishing at Edges ofBase Course Earth or other approved material shall be placed along the edges ofthe base course in such quantity as will compact to the thickness ofthe course being constructed, or, when the course is being constructed in two or more layers, to the thickness of each layer of the course, allowing in each operation at least a one-foot width of the shoulder to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with the rolling and compacting ofeach layer ofthe base course.

02203-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.1.7 Maintenance After construction is completed, the base shall be maintained throughout except where portion of the succeeding course is under construction thereon. Maintenance shall include drainage, rolling, shaping, and watering as necessary to maintain the course in proper condition
. Deficiencies in thickness , composition, construction, smoothness, or density, which develop during the maintenance, shall be corrected to conform to the requirements specified hereinbefore
. Sufficient moisture shall be maintained at the surface to prevent a dusty condition, by light sprinkling with water. Before the application of the prime coat, the base course shall be permitted to partially dry until the average moisture content of the full depth of the base is less than 80 percent of the optimum moisture of the base mixture. 3.2 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING Samples shall be supplied by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the Contractor. Testing will be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. All material and material sources will be approved by the Contracting Officer 7 days prior to the use of such material in the work. 3.2.1 Sampling 3.2.1.1 Aggregates at Source Prior to production and delivery of aggregates , at least one initial sample shall be taken in accordance with ASTM D75 from each stockpile
. Each sample shall be collected by taking three incremental samples at random from the source material to make a composite sample of not less than 50 pounds. Three random samples shall be taken from each 3000 tons of material, or a day's run, thereafter during the course of the project
. A repetition of the above sampling shall be made when the source of material is changed or when unacceptable deficiencies or variations from the specified grading or materials are found in testing. 3.2.1.2 Sample Identification Each sample shall be placed in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent loss of material
. Each sample shall be tagged for identification
. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.: Sample No.: Date of Sample: Sampler: Source: Intended Use: For Testing: 3.2.2 Testing Quantity:

02203-5 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.1.7 Maintenance 

### AJJY 00-1124

After construction is completed, the base shall be maintained throughout except where portion of the succeeding course is under construction thereon. Maintenance shall include drainage, rolling, shaping, and watering as necessary to maintain the course in proper condition. Deficiencies in thickness, composition, construction, smoothness, or density, which develop during the maintenance, shall be corrected to conform to the requirements specified hereinbefore. Sufficient moisture shall be maintained at the surface to prevent a dusty condition, by light sprinkling with water. Before the application ofthe prime coat, the base course shall be permitted to partially dry until the average moisture content of the full depth ofthe base is less than 80 percent ofthe optimum moisture ofthe base mixture. 3.2 FIELD SAMPLING AND TESTING Samples shall be supplied by the Contractor as specified herein at the expense of the Contractor. Testing will be conducted by the Contractor at his expense. All material and material sources will be approved by the Contracting Officer 7 days prior to the use of such material in the work. 3.2.1 Sampling 3.2.1.1 Aggregates at Source Prior to production and delivery of aggregates, at least one initial sample shall be taken in accordance with ASTM D75 from each stockpile. Each sample shall be collected by taking three incremental samples at random from the source material to make a composite sample of not less than 50 pounds. Three random samples shall be taken from each 3000 tons of material, or a day's run, thereafter during the course ofthe project. A repetition ofthe above sampling shall be made when the source of material is changed or when unacceptable deficiencies or variations from the specified grading or materials are found in testing. 3.2.1.2 Sample Identification Each sample shall be placed in a clean container which shall be securely fastened to prevent loss of material. Each sample shall be tagged for identification. The tag shall contain the following information: Contract No.:
___ _ Sample No.:
___ _ Quantity:
__ _ Date ofSample:
__ Sampler:
____ _ Source:

------ Intended Use:
__ _ For Testing:
___ _ 3.2.2 Testing


### 02203-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.2.1 Aggregate Testing Gradation tests shall be made on each sample without delay. All other aggregate test shall be made on the initial source samples, and shall be repeated when there is a change of source. Sieve analyses shall be made from each sample collected during the course of the project. The test shall include an analysis of each grade of material and analysis of the combined material representing the aggregate part of the mix. Sieve analysis shall be in accordance with ASTM C136. Material retained on each sieve shall not vary from the approved job curve by more than 7 percentage points, plus or minus. Sieve analysis on material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 1140. 3.2.2.2 Smoothness Test Deviations in the surface in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge, applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline of the paved area, shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material , reshaping, watering, and compacting
. When the base course is to be constructed in more than one layer, the smoothness requirements specified above shall apply only to the top layer. 3.2.2.3 Field Density Tests Field density tests shall be in accordance with ASTM D1556 or D2922. There shall be one field density test for each 2000 square yards of each layer of base course material. 3.2.2.4 Laboratory Density Tests Laboratory density tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, for all material which does not have more than 5 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve. The material shall be rolled and compacted using the equipment approved for the project, and density and moisture determinations will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 to establish optimum moisture and maximum density. 3.2.2.5 Thickness Test The thickness of the base course will be measured at intervals such that there will be a depth measurement for at least each 500 square yards of complete base course
. The depth measurements shall be made by test holes, at least 3 inches in diameter, through the base course. Where the base course deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, such areas shall be corrected by scarifying, adding mixture of proper gradation, blading, and recompacting
. Where the measure thickness is more than 1/2 inch thicker than shown, it shall be considered as the indicated or specified thickness plus 1 /2 inch for determining the average
. The average thickness shall be the average of the depth measurements and shall not underrun the thickness indicated by more than 1/4 inch. -- End of Section -- REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
3.2.2.1 Aggregate Testing AJJY 00-1124

Gradation tests shall be made on each sample without delay. All other aggregate test shall be made on the initial source samples, and shall be repeated when there is a change of source. Sieve analyses shall be made from each sample collected during the course of the project. The test shall include an analysis of each grade of material and analysis of the combined material representing the aggregate part of the mix. Sieve analysis shall be in accordance with ASTM C136. Material retained on each sieve shall not vary from the approved job curve by more than 7 percentage points, plus or minus. Sieve analysis on material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be made in accordance with ASTM D1140. 3.2.2.2 Smoothness Test Deviations in the surface in excess of 3/8 inch when tested with a lO-foot straightedge, applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline ofthe paved area, shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, watering, and compacting. When the base course is to be constructed in more than one layer, the smoothness requirements specified above shall apply only to the top layer. 3.2.2.3 Field Density Tests Field density tests shall be in accordance with ASTM D1556 or D2922. There shall be one field density test for each 2000 square yards ofeach layer ofbase course material. 3.2.2.4 Laboratory DensityTests Laboratory density tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D, for all material which does not have more than 5 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve. The material shall be rolled and compacted using the equipment approved for the project, and density and moisture determinations will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 to establish optimum moisture and maximum density. 3.2.2.5 Thickness Test The thickness ofthe base course will be measured at intervals such that there will be a depth measurement for at least each 500 square yards of complete base course. The depth measurements shall be made by test holes, at least 3 inches in diameter, through the base course. Where the base course deficiency is more than 112 inch, such areas shall be corrected by scarifying, adding mixture of proper gradation, blading, and recompacting. Where the measure thickness is more than 112 inch thicker than shown, it shall be considered as the indicated or specified thickness plus 

### 112 inch for determining the average. The average thickness shall be the average of the depth measurements and shall not underrun the thickness indicated bymore than 114 inch.

-- End ofSection

--
02203-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 02831 CHAIN LINK FENCES
PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Provide chain link fence system where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A120 Standard Specification for pipe, steel , black and hot

-dipped zinc coated

(Galvanized) welded and seamless, for ordinary uses. A121 Standard specification for zinc coated (Galvanized) steel barbed wire. A153 Standard specification for zinc coating (Hot-Dip) on iron and steel

hardware. Al 16 Standard specification for zinc-coated (Galvanized) steel woven wire

fence fabric. A112 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Tie Wires. A392 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric. D1187 Standard specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for use as protective

coating for metals. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS a. SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK b. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Product data; G 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
SECTION 02831 CHAIN LINK FENCES
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Provide chain link fence system where shown onthe Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. Thepublications are referred to in the text bythe basic designation only. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A120
A121 A153
A116
Al12 A392 D1187 Standard Specificationfor pipe, steel, black and hot-dipped zinc coated (Galvanized) welded and seamless, for ordinary uses. Standard specification for zinc coated (Galvanized) steel barbed wire. Standard specification for zinc coating (Hot-Dip) on iron and steel hardware. Standard specification for zinc-coated (Galvanized) steel woven wire fence fabric. Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Tie Wires. Standard Specificationfor Zinc-Coated Steel ChainLink FenceFabric. Standard specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for use as protective coating for metals. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
a. SECTION 02200

- EARTHWORK b. SECTION 03300

- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Product data; G


### 02831-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM The Contractor, upon receiving the Owner's Notice to Proceed, shall submit the following: a. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; G b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; G c. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; G d. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Contracting Officer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. G 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the site in an undamaged condition
. Store materials off the ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSIONAL DATA 2.1.1 General: Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. 2.2 GALVANIZING On steel framework and appurtenances, provide galvanized finish with not less than the following weight of zinc per sq ft. 2.2.1 Pipe 1.8 oz, complying with ASTM A120. 2.2.2 Hardware and accessories Comply with Table I of ASTM A153.
02831-2 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

The Contractor, upon receiving the Owner's Notice to Proceed, shall submit the following:
a. Materials list ofitems proposed to beprovided under this Section; G b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; G
c. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface ofthe work ofthis Section with the work ofadjacent trades; G d. Manufacturer's recommended installationprocedures which, when approved by the Contracting Officer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. G 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for properperformance ofthe work ofthis Section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the site in an undamaged condition. Store materials offthe ground to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSIONAL DATA 2.1.1 General: Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. 2.2 GALVANIZING On steel framework and appurtenances, provide galvanized finish with not less than the following weight ofzinc per sq ft. 2.2.1 Pipe 1.8 oz, complying with ASTM A120. 2.2.2 Hardware and accessories Comply with Table I ofASTM A153.
02831-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
2.2.3 Fabric 1.2 oz/square feet, complying with Class I of ASTM 392 2.3 FABRIC a. Provide number 9 gage or 0.148" wires in 2" mesh, with top and bottom selvages twisted and barbed. b. Provide fabric in one piece widths. 2.4 POSTS, RAILS, AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS 2.4.1 End, corner, slope, and pull posts Provide the following minimum sizes and weights as indicated on the plan. Material and dimensions : Lbs per lin ft: Pipe, 2.87" outside dimension 5.79 Pipe, 3.50" outside dimension 7.58 Pipe, 4.50" outside dimension 10.79 2.4.2 Line posts Provide minimum sizes and weights as follows: Material and dimensions : Lbs per lin ft: Pipe, 2.37" outside dimension 3.65 Pipe, 2.87" outside dimension 5.79 Pipe, 3.50" outside dimension 7.58 2.4.3 Gate posts 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
2.2.3 Fabric 1.2 oz/square feet, complying with Class I ofASTM 392 2.3 FABRIC 

### AJJY 00-1124

a. Provide number 9 gage or 0.148" wires in 2" mesh, with top and bottom selvages twisted and barbed. b. Provide fabric in one piece widths. 2.4 POSTS, RAILS, AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS 2.4.1 End, comer, slope, and pull posts Provide the following minimum sizes and weights as indicated onthe plan. Material and dimensions: Pipe, 2.87" outside dimension Pipe, 3.50" outside dimension Pipe, 4.50" outside dimension 2.4.2 Line posts Lbs per lin ft:
5.79
7.58
10.79

Provide minimum sizes and weights as follows: Material and dimensions: Pipe, 2.37" outside dimension Pipe, 2.87" outside dimension Pipe, 3.50" outside dimension 2.4.3 Gate posts Lbs per lin ft:
3.65
5.79
7.58



### 02831-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Provide gate posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double gate installation, for nominal gate widths as follows: Material and dimension : Lbs per lin ft: Pipe, 4" outside dimension 10.79 a. Over 13 feet wide, and up to 18 feet wide: Use 6.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 18.97 lbs per lin ft. b. Over 18 feet side: Use 8.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 28.55 lbs per lin ft. 2.4.4 Top rails a. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.72 lbs per lin ft; or b. Provide in manufacturer's longest lengths, with expansion type couplings approximately 6" long for each joint. c. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate, corner, pull, slope, and end post. 2.4.5 Post brace assemblies a. Provide at end and gate posts, and at both sides of corner, slope, and pull posts, with the horizontal brace located at mid-height of the fabric. b. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.72 lbs per lin ft for horizontal brace. c. Use 3/8" diameter rod with turnbuckle for diagonal truss. 2.4.6 Tension wire Provide number 7 gage galvanized tension wire at bottom of fabric. 2.4.7 Post tops a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap. b. Provide one cap for each post. c. Provide caps with openings to permit through passage of top rail. 2.4.8 Stretcher bars a. Provide one-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric , with a minimum cross-section
02831-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
Provide gate posts for supporting single gate leaf, or one leafofa double gate installation, for nominal gate widths as follows: Material and dimension: Lbs per lin ft: Pipe, 4" outside dimension 10.79
a. Over 13 feet wide, and up to 18 feet wide: Use 6.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 18.97 lbs per lin ft. b. Over 18 feet side: Use 8.62" outside diameter pipe weighing 28.55 lbs per lin ft. 2.4.4 Top rails
a. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.721bs per lin ft; or b. Provide in manufacturer's longest lengths, with expansion type couplings approximately 6" long for eachjoint.
c. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate, comer, pull, slope, and end post. 2.4.5 Postbrace assemblies
a. Provide at end and gate posts, and at both sides ofcomer, slope, and pull posts, with the horizontal brace located at mid-height ofthe fabric. b. Use 1.90" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.721bs perlin ft for horizontal brace.
c. Use 3/8" diameter rod with turnbuckle for diagonal truss. 2.4.6 Tension wire Provide number 7 gage galvanized tension wire at bottom offabric. 2.4.7 Posttops
a. Provide steel, wrought iron, ormalleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap. b. Provide one cap for each post.
c. Provide caps with openings to permit through passage oftop rail. 2.4.8 Stretcherbars
a. Provide one-piece lengths equal to full height offabric, with a minimum cross-section


### 02831-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS , B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

of 3/16" x 3/4". b. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner, slope, and pull post, except where baric is woven integrally into the post. 2.4.9 Stretcher bar bands a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, spaced not over 15 " on centers, to secure stretcher bars to end, corner, pull, slope, and gate posts. b. Bands may be used also with special fittings for securing rails to end, corner, pull, slope, and gate posts. 2.5 GATES 2.5.1 General a. Fabricate gate perimeter frames of tubular members. b. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper operation of the gate, and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. c. Space so frame members are not more than 8 feet apart. d. Fabricate gate frames from: e. Material and dimensions: Lbs per lin ft: f. Pipe 1.90" outside diameter: 2.72 2.5.2 Fabrication a. Assemble gate frames by welding with special malleable or pressed steel fittings and rivets for rigid connections. b. Use same fabric as used in the fence. c. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges as a minimum. d. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" on centers. e. Attach hardware with rivets or by other means which will provide security against removal and breakage. f. Provide diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods on gates where required to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist.
02831-5 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM of3/16" x 3/4". AJJY 00-1124

b. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and endpost, and two for each comer, slope, and pull post, except where baric is woven integrally into the post. 2.4.9 Stretcherbarbands
a. Provide steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, spaced not over 15" on centers, to secure stretcher bars to end, comer, pull, slope, and gate posts. b. Bands may be used also with special fittings for securing rails to end, comer, pull, slope, and gate posts. 2.5 GATES 2.5.1 General
a. Fabricate gate perimeter frames oftubular members. b. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper operation ofthe gate, and for attachment offabric, hardware, and accessories.
c. Space so frame members are not more than 8 feet apart. d. Fabricate gate frames from:
e. Material and dimensions: Lbs per lin ft: f. Pipe 1.90" outside diameter: 2.72 2.5.2 Fabrication
a. Assemble gate frames by welding with special malleable orpressed steel fittings and rivets for rigid connections. b. Use same fabric as used in the fence.
c. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges as a minimum. d. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" on centers.
e. Attach hardware with rivets orby other means which will provide security against removal and breakage. f. Provide diagonal cross-bracing consisting of3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods on gates where required to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist.
02831-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
2.5.3 Gate hardware Provide following for each gate: 2.5.3.1 Hinges (1) Pressed or forged steel, or malleable iron, to suit the gate size ; non-lift-off type, offset to

permit 180 degree opening. (2) Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6 feet in nominal heights. 2.5.3.2 Latches (1) Provide forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of the gate. (2) Provide padlock eye as integral part of latch. 2.5.3.3 Keeper Provide keeper for vehicle gates, which automatically engages the gate leaf and holds it in the open position until manually released. 2.5.3.4 Double gates (1) Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom or flush plate, with anchors. (2) Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod or plunger bar. (3) Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES 2.6.1 Wire ties a. For tying fabric to line posts, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 12" on centers. b. For tying fabric to rails and braces, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 24" on centers. c. For tying fabric to tension wire, use number 11 gage hog rings spaced 24" on centers. d. Manufacturer's standard wire ties will be acceptable if of equal strength and durability. 2.6.2 Concrete

02831-6 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
2.5.3 Gatehardware Provide following for each gate: 2.5.3.1 Hinges 

### AJJY 00-1124

(1) Pressed or forged steel, or malleable iron, to suit the gate size; non-lift-offtype, offset to permit 180 degree opening. (2) Provide 1-112 pair ofhinges for each leafover 6 feet in nominal heights. 2.5.3.2 Latches (1) Provide forked type orplunger-bar type to permit operation from either side ofthe gate. (2) Provide padlock eye as integral part oflatch. 2.5.3.3 Keeper Provide keeper for vehicle gates, which automatically engages the gate leafand holds it in the open position until manually released. 2.5.3.4 Double gates (1) Provide gate stops for double gates consisting ofmushroom orflush plate, with anchors. (2) Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod orplunger bar. (3) Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part ofthe latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES 2.6.1 Wire ties
a. For tying fabric to line posts, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 12" on centers. b. Fortying fabric to rails and braces, use number 9 gage wire ties spaced 24" on centers.
c. Fortying fabric to tension wire, use number 11 gage hog rings spaced 24" on centers. d. Manufacturer's standard wire ties will be acceptable ifofequal strength and durability. 2.6.2 Concrete



### 02831-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Comply with provisions of Section 03300, entitled "Cast-in-Place Concrete". 2.6.3 Bituminous Coatings Fence post and fencing hardwares embedded in concrete shall recieve two ( 2) coats of bituminous coating material as per ASTM D1187. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work
. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION 3.2.1 General

a. Install posts at a maximum spacing of 10 feet on centers. b. Install corner or slope posts where changes in line or grade exceed a 30 degree deflection. 3.2.2 Excavating a. Drill holes for post footings in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, strictly adhering to the dimensions and spacing shown. b. Post hole dimensions :(unless otherwise specified) (1) Provide 30" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for 5 foot fabric height and less. (2) Provide 36" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for fabric heights exceeding 5 feet. (3) Provide 42" deep by 12" diameter foundations for all other posts or as specified on plan. c. Spread soil from excavations uniformly adjacent to the fence line, or on adjacent areas of the site if so directed. d. When solid rock is encountered near the surface, drill into rock at least 12" for line posts and at least 18" for end, pull, gate, and corner posts. Drill hole at least 1" greater diameter than the largest dimension of the post to be placed.
02831-7 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Comply with provisions ofSection 03300, entitled "Cast-in-Place Concrete". 2.6.3 Bituminous Coatings 

### AJJY 00-1124

Fence post and fencing hardwares embedded in concrete shall recieve two ( 2) coats of bituminous coating material as per ASTM D1187. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work ofthis Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion ofthe Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION 3.2.1 General
a. Install posts at a maximum spacing of 10 feet on centers. b. Install corner or slope posts where changes in line or grade exceed a 30 degree deflection. 3.2.2 Excavating
a. Drill holes for post footings in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, strictly adhering to the dimensions and spacing shown. b. Post hole dimensions:(unless otherwise specified) (1) Provide 30" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for 5 foot fabric height and less. (2) Provide 36" deep by 12" diameter foundations for line posts for fabric heights exceeding 5 feet. (3) Provide 42" deep by 12" diameter foundations for all other posts or as specified onplan.
c. Spread soil from excavations uniformly adjacent to the fence line, or on adjacent areas ofthe site ifso directed. d. When solid rock is encountered near the surface, drill into rock at least 12" for line posts and at least 18" for end, pull, gate, and corner posts. Drill hole at least 

### I" greater diameter than the largest dimension ofthe postto be placed.


### 02831-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM e. If solid rock is below soil overburden, drill to full depth required, except penetration into rock need not exceed minimum depths specified above. f. Setting posts:

g. (1) Remove loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms of holes, and moisten soil prior to placing concrete. (2) Center and align posts in holes. (3) Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. (4) Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. (5) Trowel tops of footings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts. (6) Extend footings for gate posts to the underside of bottom hinge. (7) Set keeps, stops, sleeves, and other accessories into concrete as required. (8) Keep exposed concrete surfaces moist for at least seven days after placement, or cure with membrane curing material or other curing method approved by the Contracting Officer. (9) Grout-in those posts which are set into sleeved holes, concrete constructions, or rock excavations, using non-shrink Portland cement grout or other grouting material approved by the Contracting Officer. Concrete strength: (1) Allow concrete to attain at least 75% of its minimum 28-day strength before rails, tension wires, and/or fabric is installed. (2) Do not, in any case, install such items in less than seven days after placement of concrete. (3) Do not stretch and tension fabric and wire, and do not hang gates, until concrete has attained its full design strength. h. Rails and bracing: (1) Install fence with a top rail and bottom tension wire. (2) Install top rails continuously through post caps or extension arms, bending to radius for curved runs.
02831-8 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

e. If solid rock is below soil overburden, drill to full depth required, except penetration into rock need not exceed minimum depths specified above. f. Settingposts: (1) Remove loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms ofholes, and moisten soil priorto placing concrete. (2) Center and align posts inholes. (3) Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. (4) Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. (5) Trowel tops offootings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts. (6) Extend footings for gate posts to the underside ofbottomhinge. (7) Setkeeps, stops, sleeves, and other accessories into concrete as required. (8) Keep exposed concrete surfaces moist for at least seven days after placement, or cure with membrane curing material or other curing method approved by the Contracting Officer. (9) Grout-in those posts which are set into sleevedholes, concrete constructions, or rock excavations, using non-shrink Portland cement grout or other grouting material approved by the Contracting Officer. g. Concrete strength: (1) Allow concrete to attain at least 75% ofits minimum 28-day strength before rails, tension wires, and/or fabric is installed. (2) Do not, in any case, install such items in less than seven days after placement ofconcrete. (3) Do not stretch and tension fabric and wire, and do not hang gates, until concrete has attained its full design strength. h. Rails and bracing: (1) Install fence with a top rail and bottomtension wire. (2) Install top rails continuously through post caps or extension arms, bending to radius for curved runs.


### 02831-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(3) Provide expansion couplings as recommended by the fencing manufacturer. (4) Provide bracing to the midpoint of the nearest line post or posts at all end, corner , slope, pull, and gate posts. (5) Install tension wires parallel to the line of fabric by weaving through the fabric, and tying to each post with not less than number 6 gage galvanized wire, or by securing the wire to the fabric. i. Installing fabric: (1) Leave approximately 2" between finish grade and bottom selvage. (2) Excavate high points in the ground to clear the bottom of the fence. (3) Place and compact fill to within 1" of the bottom of the fabric in depressions. (4) Pull fabric taut and tie to posts , rails, and tension wires. (5) Install fabric on outward side facing side of fence , and anchor to framework so that the fabric remains in tension after pulling force is removed. (6) Install stretcher bars by threading through or clamping to fabric on 4" centers, and secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15" on centers. (7) Install fence fabric to provide approximately 2-inch deflection at center of fabric span between two post, when a force of approximately 30 pounds is applied perpendicular to the fabric. Fabric should return to its original position when force is removed. j. Installing gates: (1) Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. (2) Install ground

-set items in concrete for anchorage in accordance with the fence manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Contracting Officer. (3) Lubricate and adjust the hardware for smooth operation. k. Miscellaneous: (1) Use U-shaped tie wires, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns.

02831-9 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM (3) Provide expansion couplings as recommended by the fencing manufacturer. 

### AJJY00-1124

(4) Provide bracing to the midpoint ofthe nearest line post or posts at all end, corner, slope, pull, and gate posts. (5) Install tension wires parallel to the line offabric by weaving through the fabric, and tying to each post with not less than number 6 gage galvanized wire, orby securing the wire to the fabric.
1. Installing fabric: (1) Leave approximately 2" between finish grade and bottom selvage. (2) Excavatehigh points in the ground to clearthe bottom ofthe fence. (3) Place and compact fill to within 1" ofthebottom ofthe fabric in depressions. (4) Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. (5) Install fabric on outward side facing side offence, and anchor to framework so thatthe fabric remains in tension afterpulling force is removed. (6) Install stretcherbars bythreading through or clampingto fabric on4" centers, and secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15" on centers. (7) Install fence fabric to provide approximately 2-inch deflection at center of fabric spanbetween two post, when a force of approximately 30 pounds is applied perpendicularto the fabric. Fabric should return to its original position when force is removed. J. Installing gates: (1) Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. (2) Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage in accordance with the fence manufacturer's recommendations as approved bythe Contracting Officer. (3) Lubricate and adjust the hardware for smooth operation. k. Miscellaneous: (1) Use U-shaped tie wires, conforming to diameter ofpipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns.



### 02831-9REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(2) Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons and clothing. 1. Fasteners: (1) Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side. (2) Peen the ends of bolts to prevent removal of nuts. in. Repair coatings damaged in the shop or field erection, using a hotapplied repair compound applied in accordance with its manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Contracting Officer. -- End of Section --

02831-10 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM (2) Bend ends ofwire to minimizehazards to persons and clothing. 1. Fasteners: 

### AJJY00-1124

(1) Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side offence opposite fabric side. (2) Peen the ends ofbolts to prevent removal ofnuts.

-- End ofSection

-- m. Repair coatings damaged in the shop or field erection, using ahotapplied repair compound applied in accordance with its manufacturer's recommendations as approved bythe Contracting Officer.



### 02831-10REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues of the following publications listed below, but referred to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by references thereto. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) Waterways Experiment Station Publications: CRD-C-621 Handbook for Concrete and Cement, Specification for Non-shrink Grout,

Volume II (1949 Ed.) U.S. Department of Commerce Product Standard (PS): PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications: 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and

Mass Concrete 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 302.1 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring , Mixing Transporting, and Placing

Concrete 305R Hot Weather Concreting 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for

03300-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below, butreferred to thereafterbybasic designation only, form a part ofthis specification to the extent indicated byreferences thereto. U.S. Army Corps ofEngineers (COE) Waterways Experiment StationPublications: CRD-C-621 Handbook for Concrete and Cement, Specification for Non-shrink Grout, Volume II (1949 Ed.) U.S. Department ofCommerce Product Standard (PS): PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications: 211.1
301 302.1 304
305R 315 318 347 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing Transporting, and Placing Concrete HotWeather Concreting Details and Detailing ofConcrete Reinforcing Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for ConcreteReinforcement, Specifications for



### 03300-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM A497 Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for A616 Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for A617 Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,

Specifications for A706 Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the

Field C33 Concrete Aggregates, Specifications for C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, Test Methods

for C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete C136 Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates, Test Method for

(REV A) C 143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete, Test for C150 Portland Cement, specification for C171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete C172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete C173 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete C881 Epoxy Grout C920 Elastomeric Joint Sealants

03300-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
A497 A615
A616
A617
A706 C31
C33 C39
C94 C136
Cl43 Cl50 Cl71 Cl72 Cl73 C231 C309 C494 C881 C920 Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Specifications for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field Concrete Aggregates, Specifications for Compressive Strength ofCylindrical Concrete Specimens, Test Methods for Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete Sieve or Screen Analysis ofFine and Coarse Aggregates, Test Method for (REV A) Slump ofPortland Cement Concrete, Test for Portland Cement, specification for SheetMaterials for Curing Concrete SamplingFreshly Mixed Concrete Air Content ofFreshly Mixed Concretebythe Volumetric Method Air Content ofFreshly Mixed Concreteby the Pressure Method Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Epoxy Grout Elastomeric Joint Sealants



### 03300-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM D1190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural

Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) D1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete

Paving and Structural Construction American Welding Society (AWS) Publication: Dl.4 Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work includes the provision of cast-in

-place concrete
. In the ACI publications referred to herein, the advisor provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" has been substituted for "should " wherever it appears; reference to the "Building Official," the "Structural Engineer," and the "Architect/ Engineer," shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control Section of Division 1, Section 01400, apply to this section. Approvals, except those required for field installations , field applications and field tests, shall be before delivery of materials or equipment to the project site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Shop Drawings; G Reproductions of contract drawings are unacceptable. 1.4.1.1 Shop Drawings for Reinforcing Steel; G ACI 315. Indicate bending diagrams, assembly diagrams , splicing and laps of bars, shapes, dimensions and details of bar reinforcing , accessories, and concrete cover. Do not scale dimensions from structural or detail drawings to determine lengths of reinforcing rods. 1.4.1.2 Contractor Mix Design; G Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit a mix design for each strength and type of concrete
. Furnish a complete list of materials including type; brand ; source and amount of cement. Obtain approval before concrete placement
. Obtain acknowledgment of receipt prior to concrete placement
. Submit additional data regarding concrete aggregates if the source of aggregate changes.

03300-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Dl190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type 

### AJJY 00-1124

D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) D1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction American Welding Society (AWS) Publication: D1.4 Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work includes the provision ofcast-in-place concrete. In the ACI publications referred to herein, the advisor provisions shall be considered to be mandatory, as though the word "shall" has been substituted for "should" wherever it appears; reference to the "Building Official," the "Structural Engineer," and the "ArchitectiEngineer," shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting Officer. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL The Quality Control Section ofDivision 1, Section 01400, apply to this section. Approvals, except those required for field installations, field applications and field tests, shall bebefore delivery ofmaterials or equipment to the project site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.4.1 Shop Drawings; G Reproductions ofcontract drawings are unacceptable. 1.4.1.1 Shop Drawings for Reinforcing Steel; G ACI315. Indicate bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, splicing and laps ofbars, shapes, dimensions and details ofbar reinforcing, accessories, and concrete cover. Do not scale dimensions from structural or detail drawings to determine lengths ofreinforcing rods. 1.4.1.2 Contractor Mix Design; G Thirty days minimum prior to concrete placement, submit a mix design for each strength and type ofconcrete. Furnish a complete list ofmaterials including type; brand; source and amount ofcement. Obtain approval before concrete placement. Obtain acknowledgment of receipt prior to concrete placement. Submit additional data regarding concrete aggregates if the source ofaggregate changes.

03300-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.4.2 Certificates of Compliance; G Before delivery of materials, certified test reports are required for the following: a. Aggregates b. Reinforcement c. Cement d. Admixtures 1.4.3 Catalog Data; G e. Materials for Curing Concrete f. Joint Sealant g. Joint Filler h. Epoxy Grout 1.5 DELIVERY Do not deliver concrete until vapor barrier, forms, reinforcement, embedded items, and chamfer strips are in place and ready for concrete placement. 1.6 STORAGE ACI 301 for job site storage of concrete aggregates. Store reinforcement of different sizes and shapes in separate piles or racks raised above the ground to avoid excessive rusting. Protect from contaminants such as grease, oil, and dirt. Provide for accurate identification after bundles are broken and tags removed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE 2.1.1 Contractor-Furnished Mix Design Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACT and ACI 301. Concrete shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi unless specified otherwise and have a maximum aggregate size of 3/4". Slump Requirements: Element Slump, Inches Minimum Maximum Walls, columns, and beams 2 4

03300-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.4.2 Certificates ofCompliance; G 

### AJJY00-1124

Before delivery ofmaterials, certified test reports are required for the following:
a. Aggregates b. Reinforcement c. Cement d. Admixtures 1.4.3 Catalog Data; G
e. Materials for Curing Concrete f. Joint Sealant g. Joint Filler h. Epoxy Grout 1.5 DELIVERY Do not deliver concrete until vapor barrier, forms, reinforcement, embedded items, and chamfer strips are in place and ready for concrete placement. 1.6 STORAGE ACI 301 forjob site storage ofconcrete aggregates. Storereinforcement ofdifferent sizes and shapes in separate piles orracks raised above the ground to avoid excessive rusting. Protect from contaminants such as grease, oil, and dirt. Provide for accurate identification afterbundles are broken and tags removed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE 2.1.1 Contractor-Furnished Mix Design Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. Concrete shall have a 28-day compressive strength of3000 psi unless specified otherwise and have a maximum aggregate size of3/4". Slump Requirements: Element Walls, columns, and beams Slump, Inches Minimum Maximum
2 4



### 03300-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Floors, exterior slabs, and other building Construction 3 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS 2.2.1 Cement Cement shall be Type I or II, conforming to ASTM C 150 or approved equal, except that concrete used for manhole construction or reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall be Type II only. 2.2.2 Water Water for mixing and curing including free moisture and water in the aggregates, shall be fresh, clean and potable. 2.2.3 Aggregates In general, aggregates shall be free from deleterious coatings, roots, bark, and other extraneous material. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33 and shall be thoroughly and uniformly washed before use. Coarse aggregate shall be made from sound, clean coralline limestone in accordance with ASTM C136, conforming to the following gradation requirements: Nominal Size Range Percent by Weight Passing Square Sieve Size Inches 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 No.8 No. 16 1 100 95-100 25-60 --- 0-10 0-5 3/4 --- 100 90-100 --- 20-55 0-10 0-5 1/z --- --- 100 90-100 40-70 0-10 0-5 3/8 --- --- --- 100 85-100 10-30 0-10 Fine aggregate shall be manufactured from clean coralline limestone in accordance with AS TM C136, conforming to the following grading requirements. Sieve Percent Passing 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 95-100 No. 8 80-100 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 Floors, exterior slabs, and other building Construction 3 1 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS 2.2.1 Cement Cement shall beType I orII, conforming to ASTM C150 or approved equal, except that concrete used for manhole construction or reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall be Type II only. 2.2.2 Water Water for mixing and curing including free moisture and water in the aggregates, shall be fresh, clean and potable. 2.2.3 Aggregates In general, aggregates shall be free from deleterious coatings, roots, bark, and other extraneous material. All aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33 and shall be thoroughly and uniformly washed before use. Coarse aggregate shall be made from sound, clean coralline limestone in accordance with ASTM C136, conforming to the following gradation requirements: Nominal Size Range Percent byWeight Passing Square Sieve Size Inches 1" 3/4" 112" 3/8" No.4 No.8 No. 16 1



### Y2 3/8 100 95-100 25-60 0-10 0-5 100 90-100 20-55 0-10 0-5 100 90-100 40-70 0-10 0-5 100 85-100 10-30 0-10 Fine aggregate shall be manufactured from clean coralline limestone in accordance with ASTM C136, conforming to the following grading requirements.

3/8 inch No.4 No.8 Percent Passing 100 95-100 80-100


### 03300-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM No. 16 50-85 No. 30 25-60 No. 50 10-30 No. 100 2-10 2.2.4 Proportioning, Measuring and Mixing 2.2.4.1 Proportioning of Materials 

### AJJY 00-1124

Proportioning of materials shall be accomplished by weighing. Volumetric proportioning may be used subject to approval of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary equipment and shall establish accurate procedures , subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer for determining the quantities of free moisture in the aggregates. Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 percent , and for aggregates 2 percent. 2.2.4.2 Mixing All concrete shall be machine mixed
. In emergencies , the mixing may be done by hand if so authorized by the Contracting Officer. Mixing shall begin within 30 minutes after the cement has been added to the aggregates. 2.2.5 Ready-Mixed Concrete Ready

-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 as modified herein. Ready-mixed concrete is defined in this specification as concrete produced regularly by a commercial establishment and delivered to the purchaser in the plastic state. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to all applicable requirements of this specification. 2.3 ADMIXTURES 2.3.1 Accelerating ASTM C494, Type C. 2.3.2 Retarding ASTM C494, Type B, D, or G. 2.3.3 Water Reducing ASTM C494, Type A, E, or F. 2.4 MATERIALS FOR FORMS Provide wood, plywood, or steel. Use plywood or steel forms where a smooth form finish is 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 50-85 25-60 10-30

2-10 2.2.4 Proportioning, Measuring and Mixing 2.2.4.1 Proportioning ofMaterials AJJY 00-1124

Proportioning ofmaterials shall be accomplished by weighing. Volumetric proportioning may beused subject to approval ofthe Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary equipment and shall establish accurate procedures, subject to the approval ofthe Contracting Officer for determining the quantities offree moisture in the aggregates. Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1percent, and for aggregates 2 percent. 2.2.4.2 Mixing All concrete shall be machine mixed. Inemergencies, the mixing may be done byhand ifso authorized bythe Contracting Officer. Mixing shall begin within 30 minutes after the cementhas been added to the aggregates. 2.2.5 Ready-Mixed Concrete Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 as modified herein. Ready-mixed concrete is defined in this specification as concrete produced regularly by a commercial establishment and delivered to the purchaser in the plastic state. Cement, aggregates and water shall conform to all applicable requirements ofthis specification. 2.3 ADMIXTURES 2.3.1 Accelerating ASTM C494, Type C. 2.3.2 Retarding ASTM C494, Type B, D, or G. 2.3.3 Water Reducing ASTM C494, Type A, E, or F. 2.4 MATERIALS FOR FORMS Provide wood, plywood, or steel. Useplywood or steel forms where a smooth form finish is
03300-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM required. Lumber shall be square edged or tongue-and-groove boards, free of raised grain, knotholes, or other surface defects. Plywood: PS1, B-B concrete form panels or better. Steel form surfaces shall not contain irregularities, dents, or sags. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT 2.5.1 Reinforcing Bars ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.5.2 Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A497 or ASTM A185, 6" x 6"/ W2.9 by W2.9, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5.3 Mechanical reinforcing Bar Connectors ACI 301. Provide 125 percent minimum yield strength of the reinforcement bar. 2.5.4 Wire ASTM A82 or ASTM A496. 2.6 MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE 2.6.1 Impervious Sheeting ASTM C171; waterproof paper, clear or white polyethylene sheeting, or polyethylene-coated burlap. 2.6.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound ASTM C309, white-pigmented, Type 2, Class B, free of paraffin or petroleum. 2.7 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION JOINT FILLER ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752, 1/2 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 EPOXY GROUT(For joints between old and new concrete and where called on the drawings) Threecomponent units composed of 100% solids ASTM-C881 epoxy resin system. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit project requirements. 2.9 VAPOR BARRIER (Under building structures and where called on the drawings) ASTM C171, polyethylene REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 required. Lumber shall be square edged or tongue-and-groove boards, free ofraised grain, knotholes, or other surface defects. Plywood: PSI, B-B concrete form panels orbetter. Steel form surfaces shall not contain irregularities, dents, or sags. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT 2.5.1 Reinforcing Bars ACI 301, unless otherwise specified. ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2.5.2 Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A497 or ASTM A185, 6" x 6"/ W2.9 by W2.9, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5.3 Mechanical reinforcing Bar Connectors ACI 301. Provide 125 percent minimum yield strength ofthe reinforcement bar. 2.5.4 Wire ASTM A82 or ASTM A496. 2.6 MATERIALS FOR CURING CONCRETE 2.6.1 Impervious Sheeting ASTM C171; waterproofpaper, clear or white polyethylene sheeting, orpolyethylene-coated burlap. 2.6.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound ASTM C309, white-pigmented, Type 2, Class B, free ofparaffin or petroleum. 2.7 EXPANSION/CONTRACTIONJOINT FILLER ASTM D1751 or ASTM D1752, 112 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 EPOXY GROUT (Forjoints between old and new concrete and where called on the drawings) Threecomponent units composed of 100% solids ASTM-C881 epoxy resin system. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit project requirements. 2.9 VAPOR BARRIER (Underbuilding structures and where called on the drawings) ASTM C171, polyethylene
03300-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM sheeting, minimum six (6) mil thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS ACI 301. Provide forms, shoring, and scaffolding for concrete placement unless indicated or specified otherwise
. Concrete for footings may be placed in excavations without forms upon inspection and approval by the Contracting Officer. Excavation width shall be a minimum of 4 inches greater than indicated
. Set forms mortar-tight and true to line and grade. Chamfer above grade exposed joints, edges , and external corners of concrete 0.75 inch unless otherwise indicated
. Provide and prepare forms with clean-out openings to permit inspection and removal of debris
. Forms submerged in water shall be watertight. 3.1.1 Coating Before concrete placement, coat the contact surfaces of forms with a non-staining mineral oil, non

-staining form coating compound, or two coats of nitrocellulose lacquer. Do not use mineral on forms for surfaces to which adhesive, paint, or other finish material is to be applied. 3.1.2 Removal of Forms Prevent concrete damage during form removal
. After placing concrete, forms shall remain in place for a minimum time period equal to the curing period. Forms may be removed earlier than specified if ASTM C39 test results of field-cured samples from a representative portion of the structure indicate that the concrete has reached 85 percent (minimum) of the design strength. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ACI 301. Provide bars, wire fabric, wire ties, supports and other devices necessary to install and secure reinforcement
. Reinforcement shall not contain rust, scale, oil, grease, clay, and foreign substances that would reduce the bond. Rusting of reinforcement is a basis for rejection if the effective cross sectional area or the nominal weight per foot of the reinforcement has been reduced to less than specified in paragraph entitled "Reinforcing Bars." Remove loose rust prior to placing steel. Tack welding is prohibited. 3.2.1 Tolerances Place reinforcement and secure with galvanized or non-corrodible chairs, spaces, or metal hangers. Use concrete or other non

-corrodible material for supporting reinforcement on the ground. 3.2.2 Splicing
03300-8 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM sheeting, minimum six (6) mil thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS 

### AJJY00-1124

ACI301. Provide forms, shoring, and scaffolding for concrete placement unless indicated or specified otherwise. Concrete for footings may be placed in excavations without forms upon inspection and approval bythe Contracting Officer. Excavation width shall be a minimum of 4 inches greater than indicated. Setforms mortar-tight and true to line and grade. Chamfer above grade exposedjoints, edges, and external comers ofconcrete 0.75 inch unless otherwise indicated. Provide and prepare forms with clean-out openings to permit inspection and removal ofdebris. Forms submerged in water shall be watertight. 3.1.1 Coating Before concrete placement, coat the contact surfaces offorms with a non-staining mineral oil, non-staining form coating compound, or two coats ofnitrocellulose lacquer. Do not use mineral onforms for surfaces to which adhesive, paint, or other finish material is to be applied. 3.1.2 Removal ofForms Prevent concrete damage during form removal. After placing concrete, forms shall remain in place for a minimum time period equal to the curing period. Forms mayberemoved earlier than specified ifASTM C39 test results offield-cured samples from a representative portion ofthe structure indicate that the concrete has reached 85 percent (minimum) ofthe design strength. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS ACI301. Provide bars, wire fabric, wire ties, supports and other devices necessaryto install and secure reinforcement. Reinforcement shall not contain rust, scale, oil, grease, clay, and foreign substances that would reduce the bond. Rusting ofreinforcement is a basis for rejection ifthe effective cross sectional area orthe nominal weight per foot ofthe reinforcement has beenreduced to less than specified in paragraph entitled "Reinforcing Bars." Remove loose rust prior to placing steel. Tack welding is prohibited. 3.2.1 Tolerances Place reinforcement and secure with galvanized ornon-corrodible chairs, spaces, or metal hangers. Use concrete or other non-corrodible material for supporting reinforcement on the ground. 3.2.2 Splicing


### 03300-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
AWS D1.4, except as otherwise indicated or specified
. Splices shall be approved prior to use. Do not splice at points of maximum stress. Overlap welded wire fabric the spacing of the cross wires, plus 2 inches. 3.2.3 Future Bonding Plug exposed, threaded, mechanical reinforcement bar connectors with a greased bolt. Bolt threads shall match the connector. Countersink the connector in the concrete. Caulk the depression after the bolt in installed. 3.2.4 Cover ACI 301 for minimum coverage, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2.5 Setting Miscellaneous Material Place and secure anchors and bolts, pipe sleeves, conduits, and other such items in position before concrete placement. Plumb anchor bolts and check location and elevation. Temporarily fill voids in sleeves with readily removal material to prevent the entry of concrete. 3.2.6 Construction Joints Locate joints to least impair strength. Continue reinforcement across joints unless otherwise indicated. 3.2.7 Expansion joints and Contraction Joints For slabs on grade, provide as shown on the drawings or as otherwise specified herein. Provide contraction joints, either formed or saw cut or cut with a jointing tool, to the indicated depth after the surface has been finished. Sawed joints shall be completed within 4 to 12 hours after concrete placement. Protect joints from intrusion of foreign matter. 3.2.8 Form Ties and Accessories The use of wire alone is prohibited. Form ties and accessories shall not reduce the effective cover of the reinforcement. 3.3 MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE ASTM C94, ACI 301, ACI 302.1R, and ACI 304, except as modified herein. ASTM C94. Provide mandatory batch ticket information for each load of ready mix concrete. 3.3.1 Measuring

03300-9 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

AWS D1.4, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Splices shall be approved prior to use. Do not splice at points ofmaximum stress. Overlap welded wire fabric the spacing of the cross wires, plus 2 inches. 3.2.3 Future Bonding Plug exposed, threaded, mechanical reinforcement bar connectors with a greased bolt. Bolt threads shall match the connector. Countersink the connector in the concrete. Caulk the depression after the bolt in installed. 3.2.4 Cover ACI 301 for minimum coverage, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2.5 Setting Miscellaneous Material Place and secure anchors and bolts, pipe sleeves, conduits, and other such items in position before concrete placement. Plumb anchorbolts and check location and elevation. Temporarily fill voids in sleeves with readily removal material to prevent the entry of concrete. 3.2.6 ConstructionJoints Locatejoints to least impair strength. Continue reinforcement acrossjoints unless otherwise indicated. 3.2.7 Expansionjoints and Contraction Joints For slabs on grade, provide as shown on the drawings or as otherwise specified herein. Provide contractionjoints, either formed or saw cut or cut with ajointing tool, to the indicated depth after the surface has been finished. Sawedjoints shall be completed within 4 to 12 hours after concrete placement. Protectjoints from intrusion offoreign matter. 3.2.8 FormTies and Accessories The use ofwire alone is prohibited. Form ties and accessories shall not reduce the effective cover ofthe reinforcement. 3.3 MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE ASTM C94, ACI 301, ACI 302.1R, and ACI 304, except as modified herein. ASTM C94. Provide mandatory batch ticket information for each load ofready mix concrete. 3.3.1 Measuring

03300-9REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Make moisture, weight, and air determinations at intervals as specified in paragraph entitled "Sampling and Testing." Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 percent; for aggregates, 2 percent; and for admixtures, 3 percent. 3.3.2 Mixing ASTM C94. Machine mix concrete. Begin mixing within 30 minutes after the cement has been added to the aggregates. Place concrete within 90 minutes of either addition of the mixing water to cement and aggregates or addition of cement to aggregates if the air temperature is less than 85 degrees F. Reduce mixing time and place concrete within 60 minutes if the air temperature is greater than 85 degrees F. Additional water may be added, provided that both the specified maximum slump and water-cement ratio are not exceeded. Dissolve admixtures in the mixing water and mix in the drum to uniformly distribute the admixture throughout the batch. 3.3.3 Transporting Transport concrete from the mixer to the forms as rapidly as practicable. Prevent segregation or loss of ingredients. Clean transporting equipment thoroughly before each batch. Do not use aluminum pipe or chutes. Remove concrete which has segregated in transporting and dispose of as directed by the Contracting Officer. 3.3.4 Placing Place concrete as soon as practicable after the forms and the reinforcement have been inspected and approved. Do not place concrete when weather conditions prevent proper placement and consolidation; in uncovered areas during periods of precipitation; or in standing water. Prior to placing concrete, remove dirt, construction debris and water from within the forms. Deposit concrete as close as practicable to the final position in the forms. Do not exceed a free vertical drop of 3 feet from the point of discharge. Place concrete in one continuous operation from on end of the structure towards the other. Position grade stakes on 10-foot centers maximum in each direction when pouring interior slabs and on 20- foot centers maximum for exterior slabs. 3.3.4.1 Vibration ACI 301. Furnish a spare vibrator on the job site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate concrete slabs greater than 4 inches in depth with high frequency, internal, mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs 4 inches or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling straight edge. Operate vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a minimum frequency of not less than 6000 impulses per minute when submerged. Do not use vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators approximately 18 inches apart. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift is required. Place concrete in 18-inch maximum vertical lifts. External vibrators shall be used on the exterior surface of the forms when internal vibrators do not. provide adequate
03300-10 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

### AJJY 00-1124
Make moisture, weight, and air determinations at intervals as specified in paragraph entitled "Sampling and Testing." Allowable tolerances for measuring cement and water shall be 1 percent; for aggregates, 2 percent; and for admixtures, 3 percent. 3.3.2 Mixing ASTM C94. Machine mix concrete. Begin mixing within 30 minutes after the cementhas been added to the aggregates. Place concrete within 90 minutes ofeither addition ofthe mixing water to cement and aggregates or addition ofcement to aggregates ifthe air temperature is less than 85 degrees F. Reduce mixing time and place concrete within 60 minutes ifthe air temperature is greater than 85 degrees F. Additional water maybe added, provided that both the specified maximum slump and water-cement ratio are not exceeded. Dissolve admixtures in the mixing water and mix in the drum to uniformly distribute the admixture throughout the batch. 3.3.3 Transporting Transport concrete from the mixer to the forms as rapidly as practicable. Prevent segregation or loss ofingredients. Clean transporting equipment thoroughly before each batch. Do not use aluminum pipe or chutes. Remove concrete which has segregated in transporting and dispose ofas directed by the Contracting Officer. 3.3.4 Placing Place concrete as soon as practicable after the forms and the reinforcement have been inspected and approved. Do not place concrete when weather conditions prevent proper placement and consolidation; in uncovered areas during periods ofprecipitation; or in standing water. Prior to placing concrete, remove dirt, construction debris and water from within the forms. Deposit concrete as close as practicable to the final position in the forms. Do not exceed a free vertical drop of3 feet from the point ofdischarge. Place concrete in one continuous operation from on end ofthe structure towards the other. Position grade stakes on lO-foot centers maximumin each direction whenpouring interior slabs and on 20- foot centers maximumfor exterior slabs. 3.3.4.1 Vibration ACI301. Furnish a spare vibrator onthejob site whenever concrete is placed. Consolidate concrete slabs greater than 4 inches in depth withhigh frequency, internal, mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented byhand spading and tamping. Consolidate concrete slabs 4 inches or less in depth by wood tampers, spading, and settling with a heavy leveling straight edge. Operate vibrators with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, with a minimum frequency ofnot less than 6000 impulses per minute when submerged. Do not use vibrators to transport the concrete in the forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators approximately 18 inches apart. Penetrate the previously placed lift with the vibrator when more than one lift is required. Place concrete in 18-inch maximum vertical lifts. External vibrators shall be used onthe exterior surface ofthe forms when internal vibrators do not.provide adequate


### 03300-10REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM consolidation of the concrete. 3.3.4.2 Application of Epoxy Bonding Compound Apply a thin coat of compound to dry, clean surfaces. Scrub compound into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush. Place concrete while compound is stringy. Do not permit compound to harden prior to concrete placement
. Follow manufacturer's instructions regarding safety and health precautions when working with epoxy

-resins. 3.3.5 Hot Weather ACI 305R. Provide and maintain required concrete temperature using Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R to prevent the evaporation rate from exceeding 0.2 pound of water per square foot of exposed concrete per hour. Cool ingredients before mixing or use other suitable means to control concrete temperature and prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete. Provide shading on the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing. Start curing when the surface of the fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit curing without damage. Provide water hoses, pipes, spraying equipment, and water hauling (where worksite is remote to water source) to maintain a moist concrete surface throughout the curing period
. Provide burlap cover or other suitable, permeable material with fog spray or continuous wetting of the concrete when weather conditions prevent the use of either liquid membrane curing compound or impervious sheets. For vertical surfaces , protect forms from direct sunlight and add water to top of structure once concrete is set. 3.4 FLOOR, SLAB, AND PAVEMENT FINISHES AND MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise specified. 3.4.1 Finishing Place, consolidate and immediately strike off concrete to obtain proper contour, grade, and elevation before bleedwater appears. Permit the concrete to attain a set sufficient for floating and sufficient to support the weight of the finisher and equipment. If bleedwater is present prior to floating the surface, drag the excess water off or remove by absorption by porous materials
. Do not use dry cement to absorb bleedwater. 3.4.1.1 Floated Provide for machinery pads and other exterior slabs where not otherwise specified
. Float the surface by hand with a wood or magnesium float, or use a power-driven float. Floating of any one area shall be the minimum necessary to produce an even finish , level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet for exterior work.

03300-11 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM consolidation ofthe concrete. 3.3.4.2 Application ofEpoxy Bonding Compound 

### AJJY00-1124

Apply a thin coat ofcompound to dry, clean surfaces. Scrub compound into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush. Place concrete while compound is stringy. Do not permit compound to harden prior to concrete placement. Follow manufacturer's instructions regarding safety and health precautions when working with epoxy-resins. 3.3.5 Hot Weather ACI 305R. Provide and maintain required concrete temperature using Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R to prevent the evaporation rate from exceeding 0.2 pound ofwater per square foot of exposed concrete perhour. Cool ingredients before mixing or use other suitable means to control concrete temperature and prevent rapid drying ofnewly placed concrete. Provide shading on the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing. Start curing whenthe surface ofthe fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit curing without damage. Provide water hoses, pipes, spraying equipment, and water hauling (where worksite is remote to water source) to maintain a moist concrete surface throughout the curing period. Provide burlap cover or other suitable, permeable material with fog spray or continuous wetting ofthe concrete when weather conditions prevent the use ofeither liquid membrane curing compound or impervious sheets. For vertical surfaces, protect forms from direct sunlight and add water to top ofstructure once concrete is set. 3.4 FLOOR, SLAB, AND PAVEMENT FINISHES AND MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise specified. 3.4.1 Finishing Place, consolidate and immediately strike offconcrete to obtain proper contour, grade, and elevationbefore bleedwater appears. Permit the concrete to attain a set sufficient for floating and sufficient to support the weight ofthe finisher and equipment. Ifbleedwater is present prior to floating the surface, drag the excess water offorremove by absorption byporous materials. Do not use dry cement to absorb bleedwater. 3.4.1.1 Floated Provide for machinery pads and other exterior slabs where not otherwise specified. Float the surface byhand with a wood or magnesium float, or use a power-driven float. Floating of anyone area shall bethe minimum necessary to produce an even finish, level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet for exterior work.



### 03300-11REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.4.1.2 Steel Troweled First, provide a floated finish
. When slab has attained a proper set, hand

- or machine

-trowel to a smooth, hard, dense finish. Finished surfaces shall be free of troweled marks, uniform in texture, and a have true plane, flat within 0.01 foot (approximately 1/8 inch) in 10 feet. Hand

-finish potions of the slab not accessible to power finishing equipment (e.g., edges, corners) to match the remainder of the slab. Power trowel once and finally hand trowel where a finished floor covering (e.g., tile, carpet) is specified. Power trowel twice and finally hand trowel for exposed concrete floors. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION ACI 301 unless otherwise specified. Begin curing immediately following form removal. Protect concrete from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, mechanical injury, tire marks, and oil stains
. Do not allow concrete to dry out from time of placement until expiration of the specified curing period
. Do not use membrane-forming compound on surfaces where appearance would by objectionable, or on any surface to be painted, where coverings are to be bonded to the concrete, or on concrete to which other concrete is to bonded
. If forms are removed prior to the expiration of the curing period, provide another curing procedure specified herein for the remaining portion of the curing period. 3.5.1 Moist Curing Provide for the removal of water without erosion or damage to the structure. 3.5.1.1 Ponding or Immersion Continually immerse the concrete throughout the curing period. Water shall not be more than 20 degrees F less than the temperature of the concrete. 3.5.1.2 Fog Spraying or Sprinkling Provide uniform and continuous application of water throughout the curing period. 3.5.1.3 Pervious Sheeting Completely cover surface and edges of the concrete with two thicknesses of wet sheeting. Overlap sheeting 6 inches over adjacent sheeting. Sheeting shall be at least as long as the width of the surface to be cured. During application, do not drag the sheeting over the finished concrete nor over sheeting already placed. Wet sheeting thoroughly and keep continuously set throughout the curing period. 3.5.1.4 Impervious Sheeting Wet the entire exposed surface of the concrete thoroughly with a fine spray of water and cover with impervious sheeting throughout the curing period. Lay sheeting directly on the
03300-12 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.4.1.2 Steel Troweled 

### AJJY00-1124

First, provide a floated finish. When slab has attained a proper set, hand- or machine-trowel to a smooth, hard, dense finish. Finished surfaces shall be free oftroweled marks, uniform in texture, and ahave true plane, flat within 0.01 foot (approximately 118 inch) in 10 feet. Hand-finish potions ofthe slab not accessible to power finishing equipment (e.g., edges, corners) to match the remainder ofthe slab. Powertrowel once and finally hand trowel where a finished floor covering (e.g., tile, carpet) is specified. Powertrowel twice and finally hand trowel for exposed concrete floors. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION ACI 301 unless otherwise specified. Begin curing immediately following form removal. Protect concrete from injurious action by sun, rain, flowing water, mechanical injury, tire marks, and oil stains. Do not allow concrete to dry out from time ofplacement until expiration ofthe specified curing period. Do not use membrane-forming compound on surfaces where appearance would by objectionable, or on any surface to be painted, where coverings are to be bonded to the concrete, or on concrete to which other concrete is to bonded. Ifforms are removed prior to the expiration ofthe curing period, provide another curing procedure specified herein for the remaining portion ofthe curing period. 3.5.1 Moist Curing Provide for the removal ofwater without erosion or damage to the structure. 3.5.1.1 Ponding or Immersion Continually immerse the concrete throughout the curing period. Water shall notbe more than 20 degrees F less than the temperature ofthe concrete. 3.5.1.2 Fog Spraying or Sprinkling Provide uniform and continuous application ofwater throughout the curing period. 3.5.1.3 Pervious Sheeting Completely cover surface and edges ofthe concrete with two thicknesses ofwet sheeting. Overlap sheeting 6 inches over adjacent sheeting. Sheeting shall be at least as long as the width ofthe surface to be cured. During application, do not drag the sheeting over the finished concrete nor over sheeting already placed. Wet sheeting thoroughly and keep continuously set throughout the curing period. 3.5.1.4 Impervious Sheeting Wet the entire exposed surface ofthe concrete thoroughly with a fine spray ofwater and cover with impervious sheeting throughout the curing period. Lay sheeting directly on the

03300-12REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM concrete surface and overlap edges 12 inches minimum. Provide sheeting not less than 18 inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured. Secure edges and transverse laps to form closed joints. Repair torn or damaged sheeting or provide new sheeting
. Cover or wrap columns, walls and other vertical structural elements from the top down with impervious sheeting, overlap and continuously tape sheeting joints, and introduce sufficient water to soak the entire surface prior to completely enclosing. 3.5.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound Curing Seal or cover joint openings prior to application of curing compound
. Prevent curing compound from entering the joint. Provide and maintain compound on the concrete surface throughout the curing period. Do not use this method of curing where the use of Figure 2.1.5 in ACI 305R indicates that hot weather conditions will cause an evaporation rate exceeding 0.2 pound of water per square foot per hour. 3.5.2.1 Applications Unless the manufacturer recommends otherwise , apply compound immediately after the surface loses its water sheen and has a dull appearance , and before joints are sawed. Mechanically agitate curing compound thoroughly during use
. Use approved powerspraying equipment to uniformly apply two coats of compound in a continuous operation. The total coverage for the two coats shall be 200 square feet maximum per gallon of undiluted compound unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer 's written instructions. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous , coherent film that will not check, crack, or peel. Immediately apply an additional coat of compound to areas where the film is defective
. Re-spray concrete surfaces subjected to rainfall within 3 hours after the curing compound application. 3.5.3 Protection of Treated Surfaces Prohibit foot and vehicular traffic and other sources of abrasion for not less than 72 hours after compound application
. Maintain continuity of the coating for the entire curing period and immediately repair any damage. 3.5.4 Curing Periods and Minimum Temperatures After placing concrete, maintain air temperature adjacent to the concrete at 50 degrees F minimum for the specified period, or 70 degrees minimum for a period of 3 days after placing and, and 40 degrees F minimum for the remainder of the specified time period. Time Period Concrete Structure or Cement Type (Days Minimum) 3 ASTM C150, Type III concrete not specified otherwise. 7 ASTM C150, Type I or II; cement for concrete not specified otherwise.
03300-13 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

concrete surface and overlap edges 12 inches minimum. Provide sheeting not less than 18 inches wider than the concrete surface to be cured. Secure edges and transverse laps to form closedjoints. Repair tom or damaged sheeting or provide new sheeting. Cover or wrap columns, walls and other vertical structural elements from the top down with impervious sheeting, overlap and continuously tape sheetingjoints, and introduce sufficient water to soak the entire surface prior to completely enclosing. 3.S.2 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compound Curing Seal or coverjoint openings prior to application ofcuring compound. Prevent curing compound from entering thejoint. Provide and maintain compound on the concrete surface throughout the curing period. Do not use this method ofcuring where the use ofFigure 2.1.S in ACI 30SR indicates that hot weather conditions will cause an evaporation rate exceeding 0.2 pound ofwater per square foot perhour. 3.S.2.1 Applications Unless the manufacturer recommends otherwise, apply compound immediately after the surface loses its water sheen and has a dull appearance, and beforejoints are sawed. Mechanically agitate curing compound thoroughly during use. Use approved powerspraying equipment to uniformly apply two coats ofcompound in a continuous operation. The total coverage for the two coats shall be 200 square feet maximum per gallon of undiluted compound unless otherwise recommendedbythe manufacturer's written instructions. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous, coherent film that will not check, crack, or peel. Immediately apply an additional coat ofcompound to areas where the film is defective. Re-spray concrete surfaces subjected to rainfall within 3hours after the curing compound application. 3.S.3 Protection ofTreated Surfaces Prohibit foot and vehicular traffic and other sources ofabrasion for not less than 72 hours after compound application. Maintain continuity ofthe coating for the entire curing period and immediately repair any damage. 3.S.4 Curing Periods and Minimum Temperatures After placing concrete, maintain air temperature adjacent to the concrete at SO degrees F minimum for the specified period, or70 degrees minimum for a period of3 days after placing and, and 40 degrees F minimum for the remainder ofthe specified time period. Time Period (Days Minimum) Concrete Structure or Cement Type
3 ASTM e1S0, Type 

### III concrete not specified otherwise. 7 ASTM C1S0, Type I or II; cement for concrete not specified otherwise.


### 03300-13REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 10 Retaining walls that will be subjected to deteriorating conditions; pavement not

under a roof. 3.5.5 Additional Curing Double the required curing period if either one or the average of both 7-day test cylinders indicate less than 90 percent of the strength specified (fc). 3.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.6.1 Sampling ASTM C172. Collect samples of fresh concrete to perform tests specified. ASTM C31 for making test specimens. 3.6.2 Testing 3.6.2.1 Slump Tests ASTM C143. Take concrete samples during concrete placement. The maximum slump maybe increased as specified with the addition of an approved admixture provided that the watercement ratio is not exceeded
. Perform tests at commencement of concrete placement, when test cylinders are made, and for each batch (minimum) of every 10 cubic yards (maximum) of concrete. 3.6.2.2 Temperature Tests Test the concrete delivered and the concrete in the forms. Perform tests in hot weather conditions (above 80 degrees F) for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards (maximum) of concrete, until the specified temperature is obtained, and whenever test cylinders and slump tests are made. 3.6.2.3 Compressive Strength Tests ASTM C39. Make five test cylinders for each set of tests in accordance with ASTM C31. Test two cylinders at 7 days, two cylinders at 28 days, and hold one cylinder in reserve. Provide concrete cylinders for compressive tests not less than once a day, nor less than once for each 150 cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet of surface area for slabs and walls. Double the cylinder collection frequency and number of batches sampled when pumping concrete. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less than f'c' and a maximum of one single cylinder is less than fc is minus 300 psi, take three ASTM C42 core samples and test. If the average strength of the 28-day test cylinders is less than fc and two or more cylinders are less than f'c minus 300 psi, take six core samples and test. Concrete represented by core tests shall be considered structurally adequate if the average of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of fc and if no single core is less than 75
03300-14 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM AJJY00-1124

10 Retaining walls that will be subjected to deteriorating conditions; pavement not under a roof. 3.5.5 Additional Curing Double the required curing period ifeither one or the average ofboth 7-day test cylinders indicate less than 90 percent ofthe strength specified (fc). 3.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING 3.6.1 Sampling ASTM C172. Collect samples offresh concrete to perform tests specified. ASTM C31 for making test specimens. 3.6.2 Testing 3.6.2.1 Slump Tests ASTM C143. Take concrete samples during concrete placement. The maximum slump may be increased as specified with the addition ofan approved admixture provided that the watercementratio is not exceeded. Perform tests at commencement ofconcrete placement, when test cylinders are made, and for each batch (minimum) ofevery 10 cubic yards (maximum) ofconcrete. 3.6.2.2 Temperature Tests Test the concrete delivered and the concrete in the forms. Perform tests in hot weather conditions (above 80 degrees F) for each batch (minimum) or every 10 cubic yards (maximum) ofconcrete, until the specified temperature is obtained, and whenever test cylinders and slump tests are made. 3.6.2.3 Compressive Strength Tests ASTM C39. Make five test cylinders for each set oftests in accordance with ASTM C31. Test two cylinders at 7 days, two cylinders at 28 days, and hold one cylinder in reserve. Provide concrete cylinders for compressive tests not less than once a day, nor less than once for each 150 cubic yards ofconcrete, nor less than once for each 5,000 square feet ofsurface area for slabs and walls. Double the cylinder collection frequency and number ofbatches sampled when pumping concrete. Ifthe average strength ofthe 28-day test cylinders is less than f'c' and a maximum ofone single cylinder is less than fc is minus 300 psi, take three ASTM C42 core samples and test. Ifthe average strength ofthe 28-day test cylinders is less than fc and two or more cylinders are less than fc minus 300 psi, take six core samples and test. Concrete represented by core tests shall be considered structurally adequate ifthe average ofthree cores is equal to at least 85 percent offc and ifno single core is less than 75


### 03300-14REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM percent of f'c. Locations represented by erratic core strengths shall be retested. Remove concrete not meeting strength criteria and provide new, acceptable concrete
. Repair core holes with non-shrink grout. Match color and finish of adjacent concrete. -- End of Section --

03300-15 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124 percent off'c. Locations represented by erratic core strengths shall be retested. Remove concrete not meeting strength criteria and provide new, acceptable concrete. Repair core holes with non-shrink grout. Match color and finish ofadjacent concrete.

-- End ofSection

--



### 03300-15REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16050

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM D709 Laminated Thermosetting Materials CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) 29 CFR 1910.147 Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag Out) INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) IEEE 100 Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA C57.12.28 Pad- Mounted Equipment

- Enclosure Integrity (Revision of ANSI C57.12.28-88) NEMA ICS 6 Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS This section applies to certain sections of Division 2, "Site Construction," and to all sections of Division 16, "Electrical," of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 

### 00-1124
SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. The publications are referred to in the textbythe basic designation only.

29 AMERICAN SOCIETY FORTESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) D709 Laminated Thermosetting Materials CODE OF FEDERALREGULATIONS (CFR) 1910.147 Control ofHazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag Out) INSTITUTE OFELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) 100
C2 Dictionary ofElectrical and Electronics Terms (ANSI/IEEE) National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) NATIONAL ELECTRICALMANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA C57.12.28 Pad-Mounted Equipment

- Enclosure Integrity (Revision ofANSI C57.12.28-88) NEMA 

### rcs 6 Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures NATIONAL FIREPROTECTIONASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

This section applies to certain sections ofDivision 2, "Site Construction," and to all sections of Division 16, "Electrical," ofthis project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections.



### 16050-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.3 DEFINITIONS

1.4 a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these

specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in IEEE 100. b. The technical sections referred to herein are those specification sections that describe products, installation procedures , and equipment operations and that refer to this section for detailed description of submittal types. c. The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in PART 2 - PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION of the technical sections that describe products, systems, installation procedures , equipment, and test methods. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 34.5 kV primary, three phase, three wire, 60 Hz, and 13.8 kV secondary, three phase, three wire
. Final connections to the power distribution system at the existing substation shall be made by the Contractor as directed by the Contracting Officer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Submittals required in the sections which refer to this section shall conform to the requirements of Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures " and to the following additional requirements
. Submittals shall include the manufacturer 's name, trade name, place of manufacture, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification and technical paragraph reference
. Submittals shall also include applicable federal, military, industry, and technical society publication references, and years of satisfactory service, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each item to be provided
. Photographs of existing installations are unacceptable and will be returned without approval. 1.5.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G Submittals for each manufactured item shall be current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and catalog cuts
. Handwritten and typed modifications and other notations not part of the manufacturer's preprinted data will result in the rejection of the submittal
. Should manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification , the supplemental information shall be submitted as specified for certificates of compliance. 1.5.2 Drawings G Submit drawings a minimum of (355 by 510 mm) 14 by 20 inches in size using a minimum scale of (one mm per 100 mm) 1/8 inch per foot, except as specified otherwise. Include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and
16050-2 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.3 DEFINITIONS AJJY 00-1124

a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in b. The technical sections referred to herein are those specification sections that describe products, installation procedures, and equipment operations and that refer to this section for detailed description ofsubmittal types.
c. The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in PART 2 - PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION ofthe technical sections that describe products, systems, installation procedures, equipment, and test methods. 1.4 ELECTRICALCHARACTERISTICS

Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 34.5 kV primary, three phase, three wire, 60 Hz, and 13.8 kV secondary, three phase, three wire. Final connections to the power distribution system at the existing substation shall bemade by the Contractor as directed by the Contracting Officer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Submittals required in the sections which refer to this section shall conform to the requirements ofSection 01330, "Submittal Procedures" and to the following additional requirements. Submittals shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, place of manufacture, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification and technical paragraph reference. Submittals shall also include applicable federal, military, industry, and technical society publication references, and years of satisfactory service, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance ofeach item to beprovided. Photographs ofexisting installations are unacceptable and will be returned without approval. 1.5.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G

Submittals for each manufactured item shall be current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and catalog cuts. Handwritten and typed modifications and other notations not part ofthe manufacturer's preprinted data will result in the rejection ofthe submittal. Should manufacturer's data require supplemental information for clarification, the supplemental information shall be submitted as specified for certificates ofcompliance. 1.5.2 Drawings G

Submit drawings a minimum of(355 by 510 mm) 14 by 20 inches in size using a minimum scale of(one mm per 100 mm) 118 inch per foot, except as specified otherwise. Include wiring diagrams and installation details ofequipment indicating proposed location, layout and
16050-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to ensure a coordinated installation
. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnection between each item of equipment
. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices. 1.5.3 Instructions Where installation procedures or part of the installation procedures are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, submit printed copies of those instructions prior to installation
. Installation of the item shall not proceed until manufacturer 's instructions are received
. Failure to submit manufacturer's instructions shall be cause for rejection of the equipment or material. 1.5.4 Certificates Submit manufacturer's certifications as required for products , materials, finishes, and equipment as specified in the technical sections. Certificates from material suppliers are not acceptable
. Preprinted certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be acceptable
. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products , equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item
. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified
. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance. 1.5.4.1 Reference Standard Compliance Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), and Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. 1.5.4.2 Independent Testing Organization Certificate In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the Contracting Officer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization 's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard.

16050-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 arrangement, control panels, accessories, piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to ensure a coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item ofequipment and the interconnectionbetween each item ofequipment. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement ofoperating equipment devices. 1.5.3 Instructions

Where installationprocedures orpart ofthe installation procedures are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, submit printed copies ofthose instructions prior to installation. Installation ofthe item shall not proceed until manufacturer's instructions are received. Failure to submit manufacturer's instructions shall be cause for rejection ofthe equipment or material. l.5.4 Certificates Submit manufacturer's certifications as required for products, materials, finishes, and equipment as specified in the technical sections. Certificates from material suppliers are not acceptable. Preprinted certifications and copies ofpreviously submitted documents will not be acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality ofthat item. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance ofthe specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates ofcompliance. l.5.4.1 Reference Standard Compliance

Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards ofthe organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), and Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC), submit proofofsuch compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence ofcompliance
.

.1.5.4.2 Independent Testing Organization Certificate In lieu ofthe label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved bythe Contracting Officer. The certificate shall state that the itemhas been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard.



### 16050-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.5.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Comply with the requirements of Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data" and the technical sections. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1 Material and Equipment Qualifications Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements , manufacturers ' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless stated in the technical section. 1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and advisory provisions of NFPA 70. 1.6.3 Alternative Qualifications Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is furnished. 1.6.4 Service Support The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. 1.6.5 Manufacturer's Nameplate Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 1.6.6 Modification of References In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 1.5.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 

### AJJY 00-1124

Comply with the requirements ofSection 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data" and the technical sections. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6.1 Material and Equipment Qualifications

Provide materials and equipment that are products ofmanufacturers regularly engaged in the production ofsuch products which are ofequal material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications ofequipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, orbrochures during the 2-yearperiod. Where two or more items ofthe same class ofequipment are required, these items shall be products ofa single manufacturer; however, the component parts ofthe item need notbethe products ofthe same manufacturer unless stated in the technical section. 1.6.2 Regulatory Requirements

Equipment, materials, installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and advisory provisions ofNFPA 70. 1.6.3 Altemative Qualifications

Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable ifa certified record ofsatisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive ofthe manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is fumished. 1.6.4 Service Support

The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergencybasis during the warranty period ofthe contract. 1.6.5 Manufacturer's Nameplate

Each item ofequipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 1.6.6 Modification ofReferences

In each ofthe publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been substituted for "should" wherever it appears.


### 16050-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Interpret references in these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. 1.6.7 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used, unless specified otherwise. 1.7 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel
. The operating instructions shall include the following: a. Wiring diagrams, control diagrams , and control sequence for each principal system and item of equipment. b. Start up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown procedures. c. Safety precautions. d. The procedure in the event of equipment failure. e. Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each system or item of equipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions where directed
. For operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide weather

-resistant materials or weatherproof enclosures
. Operating instructions shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 1.8 NAMEPLATES ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each panelboard, equipment enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical sections or as indicated on the drawings . Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position
. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, (3 mm) 0.125 inch thick, white with black center core
. Surface shall be matte finish
. Corners shall be square . Accurately align lettering and engrave into the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be (25 by 65 mm) one by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high normal block style. 1.9 WARNING SIGNSProvide warning signs for the enclosures of electrical equipment including substations, padmounted transformers , pad-mounted switches, generators, and switchgear having a nominal rating exceeding 600 volts.
16050-5 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 Interpret references in these publications to the"authorityhavingjurisdiction," or words of similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. 1.6.7 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date

Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date ofdelivery to site shall not be used, unless specified otherwise. 1.7 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Provide for each system and principal item ofequipment as specified in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The operating instructions shall include the following:
a. Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each principal system and item ofequipment. b. Start up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown procedures.
c. Safety precautions. d. The procedure in the event ofequipment failure.
e. Other items ofinstruction as recommended bythe manufacturer ofeach system or item ofequipment. Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in approved laminated plastic. Post instructions where directed. For operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide weather-resistant materials or weatherproofenclosures. Operating instructions shall not fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal or peeling. 1.8 NAMEPLATES

ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each panelboard, equipment enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical sections or as indicated on the drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, (3 mm) 0.125 inch thick, white with black center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering and engrave into the core. Minimum size ofnameplates shall be (25 by 65 mm) one by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of(6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high normal block style. 1.9 WARNING SIGNS

Provide warning signs for the enclosures ofelectrical equipment including substations, padmounted transformers, pad-mounted switches, generators, and switchgear having a nominal rating exceeding 600 volts.
16050-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM a. When the enclosure integrity of such equipment is specified to be in accordance with NEMA 057.12. 28, such as for pad-mounted transformers , provide self-adhesive warning signs on the outside of the high voltage compartment door(s). Sign shall be a decal and shall have nominal dimensions of (178 by 255 mm) 7 by 10 inches with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" printed in two lines of nominal (50 mm) 2 inch high letters. The word "DANGER" shall be in white letters on a red background and the words "HIGH VOLTAGE" shall be in black letters on a white background. Decal shall be Panduit No. PPSO71OD72 or approved equal. b. When such equipment is guarded by a fence, mount signs on the fence. Provide metal signs having nominal dimensions of (355 by 255 mm) 14 by 10 inches with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT" printed in three lines of nominal (75 mm) 3 inch high white letters on a red and black field. 1.10 CABLE TAGS IN MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND VAULTS Provide tags for each cable or wire located in manholes, handholes, and vaults. Tag new wire and cable provided under this contract and existing wire and cable which are indicated to have splices and terminations provided by this contract. The first position on the tag shall denote the voltage. The second through sixth positions on the tag shall identify the circuit. The next to last position shall denote the phase of the circuit and shall include the Greek "phi" symbol. The last position shall denote the cable size. Tag legend shall be as indicated. The tags shall be polyethylene or sheet lead. Do not provide handwritten letters. As an example, a tag could have the following designation: "11.5 NAS 1-8(Phase A)500," denoting that the tagged cable is on the 11.5kV system circuit number NAS 1-8, underground, Phase A, sized at 500 kcmil. 1.10.1 Polyethylene Cable Tags Provide tags of polyethylene that have an average tensile strength of (22.4 Mpa) 3250 pounds per square inch; and that are (two millimeter) 0.08 inch thick (minimum), non-corrosive nonconductive; resistive to acids, alkalis , organic solvents, and salt water; and distortion resistant to (77 degrees C) 170 degrees F. Provide ( 1.3 mm) 0.05 inch (minimum) thick black polyethylene tag holder
. Provide a one-piece nylon, self

-locking tie at each end of the cable tag. Ties shall have a minimum loop tensile strength of (778.75 N) 175 pounds
. The cable tags shall have black block letters, numbers , and symbols (5 mm) one inch high on a yellow background
. Letters, numbers , and symbols shall not fall off or change positions regardless of the cable tags' orientation. 1.10.2 Lead Cable Tags Provide tags of virgin sheet lead, one-piece wraparound strap type, slotted on one end for attaching the strap. Minimum size of tags shall be (25 mm wide by 1.2 mm) one inch wide by 3/64 inch thick and a length sufficient for die stamping the identification on one line and banding around the cable or wire, but not less than (55 mm) 10 inches long. Tags shall be die

16050-6 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

a. When the enclosure integrity ofsuch equipment is specified to be in accordance with C57.12.28, such as for pad-mounted transformers, provide self-adhesive warning signs on the outside ofthe high voltage compartment door(s). Sign shall be a decal and shall have nominal dimensions of(178 by 255 mm) 7 by 10 inches with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" printed in two lines ofnominal (50 mm) 2 inch high letters. The word "DANGER" shall be in white letters on a red background and the words "HIGH VOLTAGE" shall be inblack letters on a white background. Decal shall bePanduit No. PPS071OD72 or approved equal. b. When such equipment is guarded by a fence, mount signs on the fence. Provide metal signs having nominal dimensions of(355 by 255 mm) 14 by 10 inches with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT" printed in three lines ofnominal (75 mm) 3 inch high white letters on a red and black field. 1.10 CABLETAGS IN MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND VAULTS

Provide tags for each cable or wire located in manholes, handholes, and vaults. Tag new wire and cable provided under this contract and existing wire and cable which are indicated to have splices and terminations provided bythis contract. Thefirst position onthe tag shall denote the voltage. The second through sixth positions on the tag shall identify the circuit. The next to lastposition shall denote the phase ofthe circuit and shall include the Greek "phi" symbol. The lastposition shall denote the cable size. Tag legend shall be as indicated. The tags shall be polyethylene or sheet lead. Do not provide handwritten letters. As an example, a tag could have the following designation: "11.5 NAS 1-8(Phase A)500," denoting thatthe tagged cable is onthe 11.5kV system circuit number NAS 1-8, underground, Phase A, sized at 500 kcmil. 1.10.1 Polyethylene Cable Tags

Provide tags ofpolyethylene that have an average tensile strength of(22.4 Mpa) 3250 pounds per square inch; and that are (two millimeter) 0.08 inch thick (minimum), non-corrosive nonconductive; resistive to acids, alkalis, organic solvents, and salt water; and distortion resistant to (77 degrees C) 170 degrees F. Provide (1.3 mm) 0.05 inch (minimum) thickblack polyethylene tag holder. Provide a one-piece nylon, self-locking tie at each end ofthe cable tag. Ties shall have a minimum loop tensile strength of(778.75 N) 175 pounds. The cable tags shall have blackblockletters, numbers, and symbols (5 mm) one inch high on a yellow background. Letters, numbers, and symbols shall notfall offor change positions regardless of the cable tags' orientation. 1.10.2 Lead Cable Tags

Provide tags ofvirgin sheet lead, one-piece wraparound strap type, slotted on one end for attaching the strap. Minimum size oftags shall be (25 mm wide by 1.2 mm) one inch wide by 3/64 inch thick and a length sufficient for die stamping the identification on one line and banding around the cable or wire, but not less than (55 mm) 10 inches long. Tags shall be die



### 16050-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM stamped with numbers, letters, and symbols not less than (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high and approximately (0.38 mm) 0.015 inch deep in normal block style. 1.11 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and requirements specified herein. 1.11.1 Modifications to Existing Systems Where existing mechanical systems and motor-operated equipment require modifications, provide electrical components under Division 16. 1.12 INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services of competent instructors to give full instruction to designated Government personnel in the adjustment , operation, and maintenance of the specified systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements as required
. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the Government for regular operation
. The number of mandays (8 hours per day) of instruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section. When more than 4 man-days of instruction are specified, use approximately half of the time for classroom instruction
. Use other time for instruction with equipment or system. When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of the contract, provide additional instructions to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications. 1.13 LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS Provide disconnecting means capable of being locked out for machines and other equipment to prevent unexpected startup or release of stored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used.

16050-7 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

### AJJY 00-1124 stamped with numbers, letters, and symbols not less than (6.35 mm) 0.25 inch high and approximately (0.38 mm) 0.015 inch deep in normal block style. 

### 1.11 ELECTRICALREQUIREMENTS

Electrical installations shall conform to herein. 1.11.1 Modifications to Existing Systems C2, 70, and requirements specified

Where existing mechanical systems and motor-operated equipmentrequire modifications, provide electrical components under Division 16. 1.12 INSTRUCTIONTO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL

Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services ofcompetent instructors to give full instruction to designated Government personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance ofthe specified systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements as required. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts ofthe installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned overto the Government for regular operation. The number ofmandays (8 hours per day) ofinstruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section. When more than 4 man-days ofinstruction are specified, use approximately halfofthe time for classroom instruction. Use other time for instruction with equipment or system. When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are made under the terms of the contract, provide additional instructions to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications. 1.13 LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS

Provide disconnecting means capable ofbeing locked out for machines and other equipment to prevent unexpected startup or release ofstored energy in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used.

16050-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT 3.1.1 Factory Applied Electrical equipment shall have factory

-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion

-resistance test and the additional requirements specified in the technical sections. 3.1.2 Field Applied Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. 3.2 NAMEPLATE MOUNTING Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two sheet

-metal screws or two rivets. 3.3 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible side, but space the signs a maximum of 9 meters 30 feet apart. 3.4 CABLE TAG INSTALLATION Install cable tags in each manhole, handhole, and vault as specified, including each splice. Install cable tags over the fireproofing, if any, and locate the tags so that they are clearly visible without disturbing any cabling or wiring in the manholes , handholes, and vaults. -- End of Section -- 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT 3.1.1 Factory Applied 

### AJJY 00-1124

Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of 6 corrosion-resistance test and the additional requirements specified in the technical sections. 3.1.2 Field Applied Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish ofadjacent surfaces orto meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. 3.2 NAMEPLATE MOUNTING Provide number, location, and letter designation ofnameplates as indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum oftwo sheet-metal screws or two rivets. 3.3 WARNING SIGN MOUNTING Provide the number ofsigns required to be readable from each accessible side, but space the signs a maximum of9 meters 30 feet apart. 3.4 CABLETAG INSTALLATION Install cable tags in each manhole, handhole, and vault as specified, including each splice. Install cable tags over the fireproofing, ifany, and locate the tags so that they are clearly visible without disturbing any cabling or wiring in the manholes, handholes, and vaults.

-- End ofSection

--



### 16050-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING

PARTI GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM B 1 Hard-Drawn Copper Wire ASTM B 8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding IEEE 837 Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) NETA ATS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) UL 83 Thermoplastic -insulated Wires and Cables UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with section entitled "Submittals Procedures." 1.2.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G

16060-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES 

### AJJY 00-1124

The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. Thepublications are referred to within the textbythe basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTMB 1 ASTMB 8 Hard-Drawn CopperWire Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft INSTITUTE OFELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC. (IEEE) IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding IEEE 837 Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding INTERNATIONALELECTRICALTESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) NETA ATSElectrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) UL83 Thermoplastic-insulated Wires and Cables UL467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 1.2 SUBMITTALS Submitthe following in accordance with section entitled "Submittals Procedures." 1.2.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data G


### 16060-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
a. Ground rod b. Bonding and grounding grids c. Grounding and bonding connectors d. Grounding and bonding conductors 1.2.2 Drawings G a. Layout and location drawings 1.2.2.1 Layout and location drawings G Provide shop drawings showing location and size of ground rod and ground grid. 1.2.3 Field Test Reports G
a.
b. Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph entitled "Field Quality Control" Ground resistance tests 1.2.3.1 Ground resistance tests G Upon completion and before final acceptance of the work, submit the measured ground resistance of each ground rod and grounding system, including the location of the rod and grounding system and soil conditions at the time the measurements were taken. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUND RODS Provide ground rods made of copper

-clad steel conforming to UL 467. Provide ground rods that are not less than (20 mm) 3/4 inch in diameter and (3050 mm) 10 feet in length. Do not mix ground rods of copper

-clad steel, stainless steel, galvanized ferrous, or solid copper on the job. 2.2 BONDING AND GROUNDING GRIDS 2.2.1 Wire Mesh and Ground Mat Provide grid using 4/0 AWG bare, solid 30 percent or 40 percent conductivity copper-clad or pure copper wire on a (12 in x 12 m) 40' x 40' conductor spacing. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. Ground rod b. Bonding and grounding grids
c. Grounding and bonding connectors d. Grounding and bonding conductors 1.2.2 Drawings G
a. Layout and location drawings 1.2.2.1 Layout and location drawings G 

### AJJY00-1124

Provide shop drawings showing location and size ofground rod and ground grid. 1.2.3 Field Test Reports G
a. Submitreport ofresults ofacceptance checks and tests specifiedbyparagraph entitled "Field Quality Control" b. Ground resistance tests 1.2.3.1 Ground resistance tests G Upon completion and before final acceptance ofthe work, submit the measured ground resistance ofeach ground rod and grounding system, including the location ofthe rod and grounding system and soil conditions at the time the measurements were taken. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUND RODS Provide ground rods made ofcopper-clad steel conforming to UL 467. Provide ground rods that are not less than (20 mm) 3/4 inch in diameter and (3050 mm) 10 feet in length. Do not mix ground rods ofcopper-clad steel, stainless steel, galvanized ferrous, or solid copper on thejob. 2.2 BONDING AND GROUNDING GRIDS 2.2.1 Wire Mesh and Ground Mat Provide grid using 4/0 AWG bare, solid 30 percent or 40 percent conductivity copper-clad or pure copper wire on a (12 m x 12 m) 40' x 40' conductor spacing.



### 16060-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS IEEE 837 UL 467, pressure-type connector (bolted, compression, clamp) and exothermic weld. Provide type and size of connectors required for the installation. 2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS Solid bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 1 for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller and stranded bare copper wire meeting the requirements of ASTM B 8, for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger
. Insulated conductors shall have 600-volt, Type TW insulation meeting the requirements of UL 83. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Grounding installation shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70. 3.1.1 Ground Rod Connections Connect ground conductor to the upper end of ground rod by exothermic weld or by compression connector. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds which have puffed up of which show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable
. No mechanical connectors are required at exothermic weldments
. Compression connectors shall be type that uses a hydraulic compression tool to provide correct pressure. Provide tools and dies recommended by compression connector manufacturer
. An embossing die or similar method shall provide visible indication that a connector has been fully compressed on ground wire. Top of ground rod shall be not less than ( 150 mm) 6 inches below the frostline. 3.1.2 Grounding and Bonding NFPA 70. Ground noncurrent carrying metal parts of equipment or enclosure , metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways , and neutral conductor of wiring systems. 3.1.3 Surge Arresters Connect grounding terminal of each arrester to ground
. Surge arrester grounding conductor shall be separate from the other grounding conductors. 3.1.4 Pad-Mounted Transformer Grounding Provide a 1/0 bare copper-ground girdle around transformer. Girdle shall be buried (305 mm) one foot deep and placed (915 mm) 3 feet laterally from the equipment enclosure. Connect girdle to enclosure at two opposite places using 1/0 copper conductor.
16060-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS 

### AJJY00-1124

IEEE 837 UL 467, pressure-type connector (bolted, compression, clamp) and exothermic weld. Provide type and size ofconnectors required for the installation. 2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS Solidbare copper wire meeting the requirements ofASTM B 1for sizes No.8 AWG and smaller and stranded bare copper wire meeting the requirements ofASTM B 8, for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger. Insulated conductors shall have 600-volt, TypeTW insulation meeting the requirements ofUL 83. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Grounding installation shall conformto the requirements ofNFPA 70. 3.1.1 Ground Rod Connections Connect ground conductor to the upper end ofground rod by exothermic weld orby compression connector. Make exothermic welds strictly in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds which have puffed up ofwhich show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning, are not acceptable. No mechanical connectors are required at exothermic weldments. Compression connectors shall be type thatuses a hydraulic compression tool to provide correctpressure. Provide tools and dies recommendedby compression connector manufacturer. An embossing die or similar method shall provide visible indication that a connectorhas been fully compressed on ground wire. Top ofground rod shall benot less than (150 mm) 6 inches below the frostline. 3.1.2 Grounding and Bonding NFPA 70. Ground noncurrent carrying metal parts ofequipment or enclosure, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways, and neutral conductor ofwiring systems. 3.1.3 Surge Arresters Connect grounding terminal ofeach arrester to ground. Surge arrester grounding conductor shall be separate from the other grounding conductors. 3.1.4 Pad-Mounted Transformer Grounding Provide a 110 bare copper-ground girdle around transformer. Girdle shall be buried (305 mm) onefoot deep and placed (915 mm) 3 feet laterally from the equipment enclosure. Connect girdle to enclosure at two opposite places using 110 copper conductor.


### 16060-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Exothermically weld joints. 3.1.5 Substation Grounding IEEE 80, provide NO. 4/0 AWG bare copper ground connection to substation ground grid and rods. Transformer neutral connections shall not be smaller than No. 2/0 AWG. Fence and equipment connections shall not be smaller than No. 4 AWG. Ground fence at each gate post and corner post and at intervals not exceeding (3050 mm) 10 feet. Bond each gate section to the fence post through a (3 by 25 mm) 1/8 by one inch flexible braided copper strap and clamps or jumper cable. Clamps shall be of the anti-electrolysis type. 3.1.6 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints in Structures and Pavements Protect from damage by means of approved devices or methods of installation to allow the necessary slack in the cable across the joint to permit movement. 3.1.7 Bonding and Grounding Grids Install in accordance with IEEE 80 with minimum buried depth of (500 mm) 20 inches. Allcross connections shall be silver brazed using a 35 percent silver brazed alloy and a noncorrosive flux. Interconnect by welding all cross connections of adjacent sections of grid and to ground rods. 3.1.8 Ground Resistance Noncurrent-carrying metallic parts associated with electrical equipment shall have a maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding the following values: a. Primary distribution stations enclosed by fences: (1) 1000 kVA or over: 3 ohms b. Grounded secondary distribution system neutral and noncurrent-carrying metal parts associated with distribution systems and grounds not otherwise covered: 5 ohms When work in addition to that indicated or specified is directed in order to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provisions of the contract covering "changes" shall apply. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.2.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations , NETA ATS, and referenced standards specified herein. Include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS.

16060-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Exothermically weldjoints. 3.1.5 Substation Grounding 

### AJJY00-1124

IEEE 80, provide NO. 4/0 AWG bare copper ground connection to substation ground grid and rods. Transformerneutral connections shall notbe smaller than No. 2/0 AWG. Fence and equipment connections shall notbe smaller than No.4 AWG. Ground fence at each gate post and comer post and at intervals not exceeding (3050 mm) 10 feet. Bond each gate section to the fence postthrough a (3 by 25 mm) 1/8 by one inch flexible braided copper strap and clamps orjumpercable. Clamps shall be ofthe anti-electrolysis type. 3.1.6 Ground Cable Crossing Expansion Joints in Structures and Pavements Protect from damage by means ofapproved devices or methods ofinstallation to allow the necessary slack in the cable across thejoint to permit movement. 3.1.7 Bonding and Grounding Grids Install in accordance with IEEE 80 with minimum buried depth of(500 mm) 20 inches. All cross connections shall be silver brazed using a 35 percent silver brazed alloy and a noncorrosive flux. Interconnect by welding all cross connections ofadjacent sections ofgrid and to ground rods. 3.1.8 Ground Resistance Noncurrent-carrying metallic parts associated with electrical equipment shall have a maximum resistance to solid earth ground not exceeding the following values:
a. Primary distribution stations enclosed byfences: (1) 1000 kVA or over: 3 ohms b. Grounded secondary distribution system neutral and noncurrent-carrying metal parts associated with distribution systems and grounds not otherwise covered: 5 ohms When work in addition to that indicated or specified is directed in order to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provisions ofthe contract covering "changes" shall apply. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.2.1 Performance ofAcceptance Checks and Tests Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, NETA ATS, and referenced standards specified herein. Include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS.



### 16060-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.2 Grounding System a. Visual and mechanical inspection (1) Inspect ground system for compliance with contract plan and specifications. b. Electrical tests (1) Perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing the three-point method. -- End of Section --

16060-5 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.2 Grounding System
a. Visual and mechanical inspection 

### AJJY00-1124

(1) Inspect ground system for compliance with contract plan and specifications. b. Electrical tests (1) Perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing the three-point method.

-- End ofSection

--



### 16060-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFOR

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM RS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124
SECTION 16361 UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMER

1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) ANSI C57.12.27 Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers Used in PadMounted Installations, Including Unit Substations AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM A 123/A I23M
ASTM A153/153M
ASTM A653/653M
ASTM D 117 ASTM D1535 ASTM D3487 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware - AASHTO No.: M232 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin Specifying Color by the Munsell System Mineral Insulating Oil Used in Electrical Apparatus INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE) IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C37.90 Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus (ANSI/IEEE) IEE 057.12.00 Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE)

16361-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
SECTION 16361 UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMER
1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES

The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. Thepublications are referred to in the textbythe basic designation only. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) C57.12.27 Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers Used in PadMounted Installations, Including Unit Substations AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

123/A123M
ASTM 1531153M
ASTM A653/653M
ASTM 117 ASTM 01535 ASTM 03487 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel HardwareAASHTO No.: M232 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) bythe Hot-Dip Process Electrical Insulating Oils ofPetroleum Origin Specifying Colorbythe Munsell System Mineral Insulating Oil Used inElectrical Apparatus INSTITUTE OFELECTRICALAND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE) C2 C37.90
C57.12.00 National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI/IEEE) Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus (ANSI/IEEE) Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE)



### 16361-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM IEEE C57.12. 80 Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C57.12. 90 Test Code for Liquid

-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C57. 13 Instrument Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C57.98 Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests (ANSI/IEEE) IEEE C62.1 1 Metal

-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1 kV) (ANSI/IEEE) NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA. TP 1 Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) NETA ATS Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 16050, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" apply to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures" 1.3.1 Shop Drawings a. Transformer drawings G 1.3.2 Product Data a. Transformer
16361-2 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
C57.12.80
C57.12.90
C57.13 CS7.98 C62.11 Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) Instrument Transformers (ANSI/IEEE) Guide for Transformer Impulse Tests (ANSI/IEEE) Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (> 1 kV) (ANSI/IEEE) NATIONALELECTRICALMANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) Guide for Determining EnergyEfficiency for DistributionTransformers INTERNATIONALELECTRICALTESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA) ATS Electrical PowerDistributionEquipment and Systems NATIONALFIREPROTECTIONASSOCIATION (NFP A) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) 467 Grounding and BondingEquipment 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

Section 160S0, "BasicElectrical Materials and Methods" apply to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with Section01330, "Submittal Procedures" 1.3.1 Shop Drawings
a. Transformer drawings G 1.3.2 Product Data
a. Transformer
16361-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Submittal shall include manufacturer's information for each component, device and accessory provided with the equipment. 1.3.3 Test Rennorts a. Run field acceptance tests on transformer immediately upon arrival and prior to removing from carrier
. Damage may occur during transit that may be detected ruing field acceptance testing. Test data should be compared to the factory acceptance testing data
. If a change is apparent, contact the manufacturer. b. Manufacturers ' power factor testing method should conform to the field-testing method. c. Submit report of results of acceptance checks and tests specified by paragraph entitled "Field Quality Control". d. Certified copies ofdielectric tests report. 1.3.4 Certificates C a. Transformer loss calculations 1.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Data G a. Transformer 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4.1 Transformer Losses Submit certification from the manufacturer indicating conformance with the paragraph entitled "Specified Transformer Losses". 1.4.2 Transformer Drawings Drawings shall include, but are not limited to the following: a. An outline drawing with front, top, and side views b. ANSI nameplate data

16361-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

1.3.3
a.

b.

c.
d. Submittal shall include manufacturer's information for each component, device and accessory provided with the equipment. G Run field acceptance tests ontransformer immediatelyupon arrival and priorto removing from carrier. Damagemay occur during transit that maybe detected ruing field acceptance testing. Test data shouldbe compared to the factory acceptance testing data. Ifa change is apparent, contactthe manufacturer. Manufacturers' power factor testing method should conformto the field-testing method. Submitreport ofresults ofacceptance checks and tests specifiedbyparagraph entitled "Field Quality Control". Certified copies ofdielectric tests report. 1.3.4 Certificates G
a. loss calculations 1.3.5 Operation and Maintenance Data G
a. Transformer 1.4 QUALITYASSURANCE 1.4.1 Transformer Losses

Submit certification from the manufacturer indicating conformance with theparagraph entitled "Specified TransformerLosses". 1.4.2 Transformer Drawings

Drawings shall include, but are not limited to the following:
a. An outline drawing with front, top, and side views b. ANSI nameplate data



### 16361-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT COORDINATION ransforn?er ANSI C57 .12.27 and IEEE C57.12.00. Oil-insulated, two winding, 60 hertz, 65 degrees C rise above a 30 degrees C average ambient , self-cooled type. 2.1.1.1 Transformer Ratings a. Transformer shall be rated 10/13.33/16.67 MVA, OA/FA/FA, 55 degrees C, 200 kV BIL primary, 110 kV BIL secondary. b. Transformer voltage ratings : 34.5 kV-13.8/7.967 kV, Grd-Y. c. Provide four 2.5 percent full capacity taps, two above and two below rated primary voltage. Provide tap changer, with external, pad-lockable, manual type operating handle, for changing tap setting when the transformer is de-energized. d. Minimum tested impedance shall not be less than 7 percent at 75 degrees C. e. Moisture content not to exceed 0.5% moisture/dry weight (M/DW) f. Audible sound levels shall comply with the following:

gkVA DECIBELS (MAX)

10000 68 Diagrammatic stainless steel or laser-etched anodized aluminum nameplate. h. Transformer shall include ground pads, lifting lugs and provisions for jacking under base. The transformer base construction shall be suitable for using rollers or skidding in any direction. Provide transformer top with an access handhole. The transformer shall have an insulated low-voltage neutral bushing with lugs for ground cable, and with removable ground strap. i. Transformer shall have the following accessories: (1) Liquid-level indicator (2) Pressure-vacuum gage (3) Liquid temperature indicator

16361-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT COORDINATION 2
..1 CS7.12.27 and CS7.12.00. Oil-insulated, two winding, 60 hertz, 65 degrees Crise above a 30 degrees C average ambient, self-cooled type. 2.1.1.1 Transformer Ratings
a. Transformer shall berated 10/13.33/16.67 MVA, OAIFAlFA, 55 degrees C, 200 kV BILprimary, 110 kV BIL secondary. b. Transformer voltage ratings: 34.5 kV-13.817.967 kV, Grd-y'
c. Provide four 2.5 percent full capacity taps, two above and two below rated primary voltage. Provide tap changer, with external, pad-lockable, manual type operating handle, for changing tap setting when the transformer is de-energized. d. Minimumtested impedance shall not be less than 7 percent at 75 degrees C.
e. Moisture content not to exceed 0.5% moisture/dry weight (MIDW) f. Audible sound levels shall comply with the following: DECIBELS (MAX) 10000 68 g. Diagrammatic stainless steel or laser-etched anodized aluminumnameplate. h. Transformer shall include ground pads, lifting lugs and provisions forjacking under base. The transformer base construction shall be suitable for using rollers or skidding in any direction. Provide transformer top with an access handhole. The transformer shall have an insulated low-voltage neutral bushing with lugs for ground cable, and with removable ground strap.
1. Transformer shall have the following accessories: (1) Liquid-level indicator (2) Pressure-vacuum gage (3) Liquid temperature indicator



### 16361-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(4) Drain and filter valves (5) Pressure relief device (6) Auxiliary cooling equipment and controls (a) Transformer shall be forced-air-cooled. Forced-air-cooling fans shall have automatic temperature control relay with sequence contacts. 2.1.1.2 Specified Transformer Efficiency Minimum efficiency, based on test results, shall not be less than NEMA Class 1 efficiency as defined by NEMA TP 1. a. Tested transformer losses: Submit certification from the manufacturer, with the submitted catalog data, to show conformance with the specified efficiency requirements. The values used to determine the actual efficiency shall be the tested no-load losses (NLL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 20 degrees C and the tested load losses (LL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 85 degrees C. If the efficiency based on the aforementioned test results, is less than the NEMA Class 1 efficiency, the transformer is unacceptable. Transformer efficiency values at both full load and at one-half full load shall be included on the routine test report. 2.1.1.3 Insulating Liquids a. Mineral oil : ASTM D3487, Type II, tested in accordance with ASTM Dl 17. Provide identification of transformer as "non-PCB" on the nameplate. 2.1.2 Protective Relays, Metering, and Control Devices 2.1.2.1 Relays Relays shall conform to IEEE C37.90. Protective relays shall be induction type or solid-state type enclosed in rectangular, semiflush, switchboard-type drawout cases with indicating targets and provisions for testing in place by use of manufacturer's standard test blocks or test switches
. One complete set of test blocks or test switches to fit each type of relay in the equipment shall be provided
. Auxiliary and lockout relays are not required to have drawout cases or test provisions
. Controls, relays, and protective functions shall be provided completely assembled and wired. a. Fault pressure relay (device 63): Provide a fault pressure relay sensitive to rate of rise of transformer tank pressure to detect internal faults in transformer windings. Fault pressure relay shall be wired to a compatible auxiliary seal-in relay (Device 63X), which shall trip primary circuit breakers and transformer secondary
16361-5 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM (4) Drain and filter valves (5) Pressurereliefdevice (6) Auxiliary cooling equipment and controls 

### AJJY 00-1124

(a) Transformer shall be forced-air-cooled. Forced-air-cooling fans shall have automatic temperature control relay with sequence contacts. 2.1.1.2 SpecifiedTransformerEfficiency Minimum efficiency, based on test results, shall notbe less than NEMA Class 1 efficiency as defined by NEMA 1.
a. Tested transformer losses: Submit certificationfrom the manufacturer, with the submitted catalog data, to show conformance with the specified efficiency requirements. The values used to determine the actual efficiency shall be the tested no-load losses (NLL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of20 degrees C and the tested load losses (LL) (in watts) at a reference temperature of 85 degrees C. Ifthe efficiency based on the aforementioned test results, is less than the NEMA Class 1 efficiency, the transformer is unacceptable. Transformer efficiency values at both full load and at one-halffull load shall be included on the routine test report. 2.1.1.3 Insulating Liquids
a. Mineral oil: ASTM D3487, Type II, tested in accordance with ASTM D117. Provide identification oftransformer as "non-PCB" onthe nameplate. 2.1.2 Protective Relays, Metering, and Control Devices 2.1.2.1 Relays Relays shall conform to C37.90. Protectiverelays shall be induction type or solid-state type enclosed in rectangular, semiflush, switchboard-type drawout cases with indicating targets and provisions for testing in placebyuse ofmanufacturer's standard test blocks or test switches. One complete set oftest blocks or test switches to fit each type ofrelay in the equipment shall be provided. Auxiliary and lockoutrelays are not required to have drawout cases ortest provisions. Controls, relays, and protectivefunctions shall be provided completely assembled and wired.
a. Faultpressure relay (device 63): Provide a fault pressure relay sensitive to rate of rise oftransformer tank pressure to detect internal faults in transformer windings. Faultpressurerelay shall be wired to a compatible auxiliary seal-in relay (Device 63X), which shall trip primary circuit breakers and transformer secondary


### 16361-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS , B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

breakers of the associated transformer via a lockout relay. Fault pressure relay shall be transformer mounted and auxiliary relay shall be panel mounted in a semiflush case. Auxiliary relay shall have trip-indicating targets. b. Thermal relay (device 49): Provide a winding thermal relay, with associated accessories
. Equipment shall indicate the winding temperature of the transformer, provide automatic cooling fan control, and shall have one spare single-pole, double-throw contact for remote indication of overtemperature for connection to a future Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System. 2.1.2.2 Instrument Transformers IEEE C57. 13, as applicable. a. Current transformers : Transformers shall be multi-ratio as indicated , 60 Hz, and coordinated to the rating of the associated switchgear, relays, meters, and instruments. 2.1.3 Corrosion Protection Paint transformers, including bases, light gray No. 61 or No. 49. The color notation is specified in ASTM D 153 5. 2.1.3.1 Galvanized Steel ASTM A123/A123M, ASTM A653/A653M G90 coating, and ASTM A153/A153M, as applicable
. Galvanize after fabrication where practicable. 2.1.4 Terminal Boards Provide with engraved plastic terminal strips and screw type terminals for external wiring between components and for internal wiring between removable assemblies. Terminal boards associated with current transformers shall be short

-circuiting type. Terminate conductors for current transformers with ring

-tongue lugs. Terminal board identification shall be identical in similar units. External wiring shall be color coded consistently for similar terminal boards. 2.1.5 Wire Marking Mark control and metering conductors at each end. Provide factory-installed white plastictubing heat stamped with black block type letters on factory-installed wiring. On fieldinstalled wiring, provide multiple white preprinted polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sleeves, heat stamped with black block type letters. Each sleeve shall contain a single letter or number, shall be elliptically shaped to fit the wire securely, and shall be keyed, or otherwise arranged, in such a manner to ensure alignment with adjacent sleeves
. Provide specific wire markings using the appropriate combination of individual sleeves. Wire markers for factory installed conductors shall indicate wire designations corresponding to the schematic drawings. Wire
16361-6 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 

### 00-1124
breakers ofthe associated transformer via a lockout relay. Fault pressure relay shall be transformer mounted and auxiliary relay shall be panel mounted in a semiflush case. Auxiliary relay shall have trip-indicating targets. b. Thermal relay (device 49): Provide a winding thermal relay, with associated accessories. Equipment shall indicate the winding temperature ofthe transformer, provide automatic cooling fan control, and shall have one spare single-pole, double-throw contact for remote indication ofovertemperature for connection to a future Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System. 2.1.2.2 Instrument Transformers C57.13, as applicable.
a. Current transformers: Transformers shall be multi-ratio as indicated, 60 Hz, and coordinated to the rating ofthe associated switchgear, relays, meters, and instruments. 2.1.3 COlTosion Protection Painttransformers, including bases, light gray No. 61 or No. 49. The color notation is specified in ASTM 1535. 2.1.3.1 Galvanized Steel ASTM 123/A123M, A653/A653M G90 coating, and 153/A153M, as applicable. Galvanize after fabrication where practicable. 2.1.4 Terminal Boards Provide with engraved plastic terminal strips and screw type terminals for external wiring between components and for internal wiring betweenremovable assemblies. Terminal boards associated with current transformers shall be short-circuiting type. Terminate conductors for CUlTent transformers with ring-tongue lugs. Terminal board identification shall be identical in similar units. External wiring shall be color coded consistently for similarterminal boards. 2.1.5 Wire Marking Mark control and metering conductors at each end. Provide factory-installed white plastic tubing heat stamped with black block type letters on factory-installed wiring. On fieldinstalled wiring, provide multiple white preprinted polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sleeves, heat stamped with black block type letters. Each sleeve shall contain a single letter or number, shall be elliptically shaped to fit the wire securely, and shall be keyed, or otherwise arranged, in such a manner to ensure alignment with adjacent sleeves. Provide specific wire markings using the appropriate combination ofindividual sleeves. Wire markers for factory installed conductors shall indicate wire designations corresponding to the schematic drawings. Wire


### 16361-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM markers on field installed conductors shall indicate the device or equipment, including specific terminal number to which the remote end of the wire is attached, as well as the terminal number to which the wire is directly attached (near end/far end marking). 2.1.6 Surge Arresters Provide one surge arrester for each conductor on circuits where indicated
. Surge arresters shall conform to IEEE C62.11 for station class indicated and shall be rated 30 W. 2.1.7 Automatic Load Tap Changer (LTC) Provide automatic tap changers as follows: a. Location: Low voltage winding b. Regulating Ranges: 10 percent above to 10 percent below rated voltage in 16 steps of 5/8 percent in each direction. c. Rating: Deliver full kVA capacity at all LTC positions and at all combinations of LTC positions. Overload capability per the transformer. d. Tap Selector Switch and Mechanism: (1) Mount in oil

-filled compartment separate from main transformer tank. (2) Maintain physical isolation so it is not necessary to drain oil or break seal of main transformer tank when servicing LTC. (3) Tank Accessories: (a) Hinged maintenance door with oil-resistant gasket. (b) Drain, filter, and sampling valves. (c) Magnetic level indicator with low level 125 volts DC alarm contacts. (d) Breather. (e) Manhole for inspection of contacts without lowering oil level. e. Controls (1) Type: Automatic, solid state. (2) Features : LTC shall include the following features:

16361-7 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
markers on field installed conductors shall indicate the device or equipment, including specific terminal number to which the remote end ofthe wire is attached, as well as the terminal number to which the wire is directly attached (near end/far end marking). 2.1.6 Surge Arresters Provide one surge arrester for each conductor on circuits where indicated. Surge arresters shall conform to C62.11 for station class indicated and shall be rated 30 kV. 2.1.7 Automatic Load Tap Changer (LTC)

Provide automatic tap changers as follows:
a. Location: Low voltage winding b. Regulating Ranges: 10 percent above to 10 percent below rated voltage in 16 steps of5/8 percent in each direction.
c. Rating: Deliver full kVA capacity at all LTC positions and at all combinations of LTC positions. Overload capability perthe transformer. d. Tap Selector Switch and Mechanism: (1) Mount in oil-filled compartment separate from main transformer tank. (2) Maintain physical isolation so it is not necessary to drain oil or break seal ofmain transformer tank when servicing LTC. (3) Tank Accessories: (a) Hinged maintenance door with oil-resistant gasket. (b) Drain, filter, and sampling valves. (c) Magnetic level indicator with low level 125 volts DC alarm contacts. (d) Breather. (e) Manhole for inspection ofcontacts without lowering oil level.
e. Controls (1) Type: Automatic, solid state. (2) Features: LTC shall include the following features:


### 16361-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B

-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(a) Adjustable bandwidth and voltage level. (b) High limit/low limit blocking. (c) Line drop compensation. (d) Proper operation when operated isolated or in parallel and for real and reactive power flow in both directions through transformer. (e) Controls for parallel operation by the circulating current method. (f)

(g) Controls for reduction in regulated output voltage of 2-1/2 or 5 percent, either manually at transformer control cabinet or remotely from supervisory control equipment. Local and remote LTC control capability via external contact closures. (3) Equipment: LTC shall include the following equipment: (a) Current transformer for line drop compensation. (b) Position indicator with drag hands to indicate maximum travel. (c) Limit switches and stops to prevent travel beyond extreme tap position. (d) Crank or handwheel for manual operation during maintenance. (e) Positioning devices and off-position contacts. (f) Operations counter. (g) Potentiometer for remote position indication to Control Room. Provide potentiometer with 1,280 Ohm total resistance and 40 Ohm resistance with each LTC step. (h) Form C contacts wired to local annunciator for lower limit, upper limit, and hung-up alarms.

g• (i) Control circuit protective devices. Control switches for Raise-Lower, Automatic-Manual, and Local-Remote. Off-position contact wired to indicating light in main cabinet.
16361-8 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM (a) Adjustable bandwidth and voltage level. (b) High limit/low limitblocking. (c) Line drop compensation. 

### AJJY 

### 00-1124

(d) Proper operation when operated isolated or in parallel and for real and reactive power flow in both directions through transformer. (e) Controls for parallel operationbythe circulating currentmethod. (f) Controls for reduction in regulated output voltage of2-112 or 5 percent, either manually at transformer control cabinet or remotely from supervisory control equipment. (g) Local and remote LTC control capability via external contact closures. (3) Equipment: LTC shall include the following equipment: (a) Current transformer for line drop compensation. (b) Position indicator with drag hands to indicate maximum travel. (c) Limit switches and stops to prevent travel beyond extreme tap position. (d) Crank orhandwheel for manual operation during maintenance. (e) Positioning devices and off-position contacts. (f) Operations counter. (g) Potentiometer for remote position indication to Control Room. Provide potentiometer with 1,280 Ohm total resistance and 40 Ohm resistance with each LTC step. (h) Form C contacts wired to local annunciator for lower limit, upper limit, and hung-up alarms. (i) Control circuit protective devices. f. Control switches for Raise-Lower, Automatic-Manual, and Local-Remote. g. Off-position contact wired to indicating light in main cabinet.


### 16361-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
h. Low burden AC current relay wired in circulating current circuit to prevent excessive circulating current parallel operation if LTC fails. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2.2.1 Equipment Test Schedule The Government reserves the right to witness tests. Provide equipment test schedules for tests to be performed at the manufacturer's test facility
. Submit required test schedule and location, and notify the Contracting Officer 30 calendar days before scheduled test date. Notify Contracting Officer 15 calendar days in advance of changes to scheduled date. a. Test Instrument Calibration (1) The manufacturer shall have a calibration program which assures that all applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy. (2) The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. (3) Instrument calibration frequency schedule shall not exceed 12 months for both test floor instruments and leased specialty equipment. (4) Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. (5) Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument tested. (6) Keep up-to-date records that indicate dates and test results of instruments calibrated or tested
. For instruments calibrated by the manufacturer on a routine basis, in lieu of third party calibration, include the following: (a) Maintain up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and procedures for each test instrument. (b) Identify the third party/laboratory calibrated instrument to verify that calibrating standard is met. 2.2.2 Transformer Design Tests In accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and IEEE C57.12.90. Additionally, IEEE C57.12.80, section 5.1.2 states that "design tests are made only on representative apparatus of basically the same design." Submit design test reports (complete with test data, explanations , formulas, and results), in the same submittal package as the catalog data and drawings for the specified transformer(s). Design tests shall have been performed prior to the award of this contract.
16361-9 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

h. Low burden AC current relay wired in circulating current circuit to prevent excessive circulating current parallel operation ifLTC fails. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

The Government reserves the right to witness tests. Provide equipment test schedules for tests to be performed at the manufacturer's test facility. Submitrequired test schedule and location, and notify the Contracting Officer 30 calendar days before scheduled test date. Notify Contracting Officer 15 calendar days in advance ofchanges to scheduled date.
a. Test Instrument Calibration (1) The manufacturer shall have a calibration program which assures that all applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy. (2) The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. (3) Instrument calibration frequency schedule shall not exceed 12 months for both test floor instruments and leased specialty equipment. (4) Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. (5) Calibrating standard shall be ofhigher accuracythan that ofthe instrument tested. (6) Keep up-to-date records that indicate dates and test results ofinstruments calibrated ortested. For instruments calibrated by the manufacturer on a routine basis, in lieu ofthird party calibration, include the following: (a) Maintain up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and procedures for each test instrument. (b) Identify the third party/laboratory calibrated instrument to verify that calibrating standard is met. 2.2.2 Transformer Tests In accordance with C57.12.00 and C57.12.90. Additionally, C57.12.80, section 5.1.2 states that "design tests are made only onrepresentative apparatus ofbasically the same design." Submit design test reports (complete with test data, explanations, formulas, and results), in the same submittal package as the catalog data and drawings for the specified transformer(s). Design tests shall have been performed prior to the award ofthis contract.


### 16361-9REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B

- 1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM a. Tests shall be certified and signed by a registered professional engineer. b. Temperature rise: "Basically the same design" for the temperature rise test means a unit-substation transformer with the same coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), the same kVA, the same cooling type (OA), the same temperature rise rating, and the same insulating liquid as the transformer specified. c. Lightning impulse: "Basically the same design" for the lightning impulse dielectric test means a unit-substation transformer with the same BIL, the same coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), and a tap changer (if specified). Design lightning impulse tests shall include both the primary and secondary windings of that transformer. (1) IEEE C57. 12.90 paragraph entitled "Lightning Impulse Test Procedures" and IEEE C57.98. (2) State test voltage levels. (3) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of digitized waveforms with test report. d. Lifting and moving devices: "Basically the same design " for the lifting and moving devices test means a transformer in the same weight range as the transformer specified. e. Pressure : "Basically the same design" for the pressure test means a unit-substation transformer with a tank volume within 30 percent of the tank volume of the transformer specified. 2.2.3 Transformer Routine and Other Tests In accordance with IEEE C57.12.00 and IEEE C57.12.90. Routine and other tests shall be performed by the manufacturer on each of the actual transformer(s) prepared for this project to ensure that the design performance is maintained in production
. Submit test reports, by serial number and receive approval before delivery of equipment to the project site. Required tests and testing sequence shall be as follows: a. Cold resistance measurements (provide reference temperature) b. Phase relation c. Ratio d. Insulation power-factor by manufacturer 's recommended test method.
16361-10 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

a. Tests shall be certified and signed by a registered professional engineer. b. Temperaturerise: "Basicallythe same design" for the temperature rise test means a unit-substation transformer with the same coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), the samekVA, the same cooling type (OA), the same temperature rise rating, and the same insulating liquid as the transformer specified.
c. Lightning impulse: "Basicallythe same design" for the lightning impulse dielectric test means a unit-substation transformer with the same BIL, the same coil construction (such as wire wound primary and sheet wound secondary), and a tap changer (ifspecified). Design lightning impulse tests shall include both the primary and secondary windings ofthat transformer. (1) C57.12.90 paragraph entitled "Lightning Impulse Test Procedures" C57.98. (2) Statetest voltage levels. (3) Provide photographs ofoscilloscope display waveforms orplots of digitized waveforms with test report. d. Lifting and moving devices: "Basicallythe same design" for the lifting and moving devices test means a transformer in the same weightrange as the transformer specified.
e. Pressure: "Basically the same design" for the pressure test means a unit-substation transformer with a tank volume within 30 percent ofthe tank volume ofthe transformer specified. 2.2.3 Transformer Routine and Other Tests In accordance with CS7.12.00 and C57.12.90. Routine and other tests shall be performed by the manufacturer on each ofthe actual transformer(s) prepared for this project to ensure that the designperformance is maintained inproduction. Submit testreports, by serial number and receive approval before delivery ofequipment to the project site. Required tests and testing sequence shall be as follows:
a. Coldresistance measurements (provide reference temperature) b. Phaserelation
c. Ratio d. Insulation power-factor by manufacturer's recommended test method.


### 16361-10REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

g. e. No-load losses (NLL) and excitation current f. Load losses (LL) and impedance voltage Dielectric (1)

(2) Impulse: Per IEEE C57, 12.90 paragraph 10.3 entitled "Lightning Impulse Test Procedures," and IEEE C57.98. Test the primary winding only. a) State test voltage levels b) Provide photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of digitized waveforms with test reports. As an alternative, photographs of oscilloscope display waveforms or plots of digitized waveforms may be hand-delivered at the factory witness test. Applied voltage (3) Induced voltage 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified herein. 3.2 GROUNDING 3.2.1 Grounding to Existing Ground System Connect ground conductors to the existing grounding cables by exothermic welds. 3.2.2 Transformer Grounding Provide bare copper cable not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG, not less than (610 mm) 24 inches below grade connecting to the indicated ground rods. Substation transformer neutral connections shall not be smaller than No. 1/0 AWG. When work , in addition to that indicated or specified, is directed to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provision of the contract covering "Changes" shall apply Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified in Section 16060, entitled "Grounding and Bonding".

16361-11 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

e. No-load losses (NLL) and excitation current f. Load losses (LL) and impedance voltage g. Dielectric 

### AJJY00-1124

(1) Impulse: Per C57.12.90 paragraph 10.3 entitled "Lightning Impulse TestProcedures," and C57.98. Test the primary winding only. a) State test voltage levels b) Provide photographs ofoscilloscope display waveforms orplots of digitized waveforms with testreports. As an alternative, photographs ofoscilloscope display waveforms orplots ofdigitized waveforms maybehand-delivered at the factory witness test. (2) Applied voltage (3) Induced voltage 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Electrical installations shall conform to herein. 3.2 GROUNDING C2, NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified

3.2.1 Grounding to Existing Ground System Connect ground conductors to the existing grounding cables by exothermic welds. 3.2.2 Transformer Grounding Providebare copper cable not smaller than No. 4/0 AWG, not less than (610 mm) 24 inches below grade connecting to the indicated ground rods. Substation transformer neutral connections shall notbe smaller than No. 1/0 AWG. When work, in addition to that indicated or specified, is directed to obtain the specified ground resistance, the provision ofthe contract covering "Changes" shall apply Makejoints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified in Section 16060, entitled "Grounding and Bonding".



### 16361-11REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.3 Connections Make joints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified. 3.2.4 Grounding and Bonding Equipment UL 467, except as indicated or specified otherwise. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES Install and connect unit substations furnished under this section as indicated on project drawings, the approved shop drawings, and as specified herein. 3.4 FOUNDATION FOR EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES 3.4.1 Exterior Location Mount transformer on concrete pad as shown on the Drawings provide conduit turnips and cable entrance space required by the equipment to be mounted and as indicated
. Seal voids around conduit openings in slab with water- and oil-resistant caulking or sealant. Cut off and bush conduits (75 mm) 3 inches above slab surface . Concrete work shall be as specified in Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete". 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1 Performance of Acceptance Checks and Tests Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS. The Contracting Officer will witness formal tests after receipt of written certification that preliminary tests have been completed and that system is ready for final test and inspection. 3.5.1.1 Transformers Liquid-Filled a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection (1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop drawings. (2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition
. Check for damaged or cracked insulators and leaks. (3) Verify that cooling fans operate correctly and that fan motors have correct undercurrent protection.
16361-12 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2.3 Connections 

### AJJY00-1124

Makejoints in grounding conductors and loops by exothermic weld or compression connector. Exothermic welds and compression connectors shall be installed as specified. 3.2.4 Grounding and Bonding Equipment 467, except as indicated or specified otherwise. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES Install and connect unit substations furnished under this section as indicated on project drawings, the approved shop drawings, and as specified herein. 3.4 FOUNDATIONFOREQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES 3.4.1 Exterior Location Mount transformer on concrete pad as shown onthe Drawings provide conduit turnips and cable entrance space required by the equipment to be mounted and as indicated. Seal voids around conduit openings in slab with water- and oil-resistant caulking or sealant. Cut offand bush conduits (75 mm) 3 inches above slab surface. Concrete work shall be as specified in Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete". 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.5.1 Performance ofAcceptance Checks and Tests Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and include the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests, performed in accordance with NETA ATS. The Contracting Officer will witness formal tests after receipt ofwritten certification that preliminary tests have been completed and that system is ready for final test and inspection. 3.5.1.1 Transformers Liquid-Filled
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection (1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop drawings. (2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Check for damaged or cracked insulators and leaks. (3) Verify that cooling fans operate correctly and that fan motors have correct undercurrent protection.


### 16361-12REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(4) Verify operation of all alarms , control, and trip circuits from temperature and level indicators, pressure relief device, and fault pressure relay. (5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connection by calibrated torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. (6) Verify correct liquid level in transformer tank. (7) Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by manufacturer. (8) Verify correct equipment grounding. b. Electrical Tests (1) Perform insulation

-resistance tests. (2) Perform turns-ratio tests. (3) Perform insulation power-factor/dissipation

-factor tests on windings (4) Sample insulating liquid. Sample shall be tested for: (a) Dielectric breakdown voltage (b) Acid neutralization number (c) Specific gravity (d) Interfacial tension (e) Color (f) Visual condition (g) Parts per million water (h) Measure dissipation factor or power factor. (5) Perform dissolved gas analysis (DPA). (6) Test for presence of PCB. (7) Verify that tap-changer is set as specified ration.

16361-13 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
(4) Verify operation ofall alarms, control, and trip circuits from temperature and level indicators, pressure reliefdevice, and fault pressure relay. (5) Verify tightness ofaccessible bolted electrical connectionby calibrated torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. (6) Verify correct liquid level in transformer tanle (7) Perform specific inspections and mechanical tests as recommended by manufacturer. (8) Verify correct equipment grounding. b. Electrical Tests (1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. (2) Performturns-ratio tests. (3) Perform insulation power-factor/dissipation-factor tests on windings (4) Sample insulating liquid. Sample shall be tested for: (a) Dielectricbreakdown voltage (b) Acid neutralization number (c) Specific gravity (d) Interfacial tension (e) Color (f) Visual condition (g) Parts per million water (h) Measure dissipation factor orpower factor. (5) Perform dissolved gas analysis (DPA). (6) Testfor presence ofPCB. (7) Verify that tap-changer is set as specified ration.

16361-13REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(8) Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral after energization and prior to loading. 3.5.1.2 Instrument Transformers a. Visual and mechanical inspection (1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop drawings. (2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. (3) Verify correct connection. (4) Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary an secondary circuit. (5) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. (6) Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide good contact. (7) Verify correct operation of transformer with drawout mechanism and grounding operation. (8) Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential transformers. b. Electrical Tests - Current Transformers (1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. (2) Perform polarity tests. (3) Perform ratio-verification tests. (4) Perform excitation test on transformers used for relaying applications. (5) Measure circuit burden at transformer terminals and determine the total burden. (6) When applicable, perform insulation resistance and dielectric withstand tests on the primary winding with secondary grounded. 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124 (8) Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral after energization and prior to loading. 3.5.1.2 Instrument Transformers
a. Visual and mechanical inspection (1) Compare equipment nameplate data with specifications and approved shop drawings. (2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. (3) Verify correct connection. (4) Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary an secondary circuit. (5) Verify tightness ofaccessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method. Thermographic survey is required. (6) Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide good contact. (7) Verify correct operation oftransformer with drawout mechanism and grounding operation. (8) Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential transformers. b. Electrical Tests

- Current Transformers (1) Perform insulation-resistance tests. (2) Performpolarity tests. (3) Performratio-verification tests. (4) Perform excitation test on transformers used for relaying applications. (5) Measure circuitburden at transformer terminals and determine the total burden. (6) When applicable, perform insulation resistance and dielectric withstand tests onthe primary winding with secondary grounded.



### 16361-14REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

(7) CAUTION: Changes of connection, insertion, and removal of instruments, relays, and meters shall be performed in such a manner that the secondary circuits or energized current transformers are not opened momentarily. -- End of Section --

16361-15 REPAIRS MAINTRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 (7) CAUTION: Changes ofconnection, insertion, and removal ofinstruments, relays, and meters shall be performed 

### in such a manner that the secondary circuits or energized current transformers are not opened momentarily.

-- End ofSection

--

16361-15REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16362 STATION GROUNDING TRANSFORMER

PARTI SCOPE This specification covers requirements for three-phase station grounding transformers and accessories. PART 2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND OPERATIONS 2.1 The grounding transformer is intended for use in tropical weather with a corrosive, salt air environment. 2.2 Sustained Wind Strength: 200 mph 2.3 Seismic requirement: Zone 4 2.4 Ambient Temperature: 50° to 104° F. 2.5 The transformer will be used for grounding of a 34.5 kV sub-transmission system. PART 3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS 3.1 The grounding transformer shall meet the requirements of the following standards and specifications, including the latest revisions with respect to material, design and tests.

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineer (IEEE) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

16362-1 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16362 STATION GROUNDING TRANSFORMER
PART 1 SCOPE 

### AJJY 

### 00-1124

This specification covers requirements for three-phase station grounding transformers and accessories. PART 2 SERVICE CONDITIONS AND OPERATIONS 2.1 The grounding transformer is intended for use in tropical weather with a corrosive, salt air environment. 2.2 Sustained Wind Strength: 200 mph 2.3 Seismicrequirement: Zone 4 2.4 Ambient Temperature: 2.5 The transformer will be used for grounding ofa 34.5 kV sub-transmission system. PART 3 APPLICABLEPUBLICATIONS 3.1 The grounding transformer shall meet the requirements ofthe following standards and specifications, including the latest revisions with respect to material, design and tests. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Institute ofElectrical and Electronics Engineer (IEEE) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) American Institute ofSteel Construction, Inc. (AISC) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)



### 16362-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 3.2 If there are conflicts between the listed codes and standards, the Contracting Officer will determine which codes and standards shall apply. PART 4 SUBMITTALS G 4.1 The Contractor shall provide with his bid the following data: a. Transformer type b. Voltage rating and type c. Kilovolt-ampere rating and class d. Guaranteed no-load loss at rated voltage e. Guaranteed maximum auxiliary power loss f. Guaranteed no-load loss at 110% voltage g. Guaranteed exciting current at 100% voltage h. Guaranteed exciting current at 110% voltage i. Guaranteed percent impedance j. Calculated zero-sequence percent impedance k. Guaranteed maximum average audible sound level for each stage of cooling in decibels using the "A" Weighing scale 1. Type of oil preservation system in. Method of mounting radiators: Removable or Integral with the tank n. Shipping data: (1) Shipping weight (2) Shipping dimensions (3) Oil or gas filled o. Earliest possible shipping date
p• Type of transformer winding material used for all windings.

16362-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
3.2 Ifthere are conflicts between the listed codes and standards, the Contracting Officer will determine which codes and standards shall apply. PART 4 SUBMITTALS G 4.1 The Contractor shall provide with his bid the following data:
a. Transformer type b. Voltage rating and type
c. Kilovolt-ampere rating and class d. Guaranteed no-load loss at rated voltage
e. Guaranteed maximum auxiliary power loss f. Guaranteed no-load loss at 110% voltage g. Guaranteed exciting current at 100% voltage h. Guaranteed exciting current at 110% voltage
1. Guaranteed percent impedance J. Calculated zero-sequence percent impedance k. Guaranteed maximum average audible sound level for each stage ofcooling in decibels using the "A" Weighing scale 1. Type ofoil preservation system
m. Method ofmounting radiators: Removable or Integral with the tank
n. Shipping data: (1) Shipping weight (2) Shipping dimensions (3) Oil or gas filled
o. Earliest possible shipping date p. Type oftransformer winding material used for all windings.



### 16362-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B -1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 4.2 An outline drawing shall be provided with shop drawing submittal. This drawing shall include the following information: a. Projected floor space of the transformer, including radiators and expansion tanks b. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of voltage bushing c. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of neutral bushing d. Height of the transformer from floor level to top of tank, and to the highest non-removable part e. Weight of the core and the windings f. Weight of the tank and the radiators g. Number of gallons of oil and total weight of the oil h. Total weight of the assembled transformer including oil i. Power requirements for all control and auxiliary equipment 4.3 Within ten (10) weeks after award of contract, the Contractor shall provide the following drawings for approval: 4.3.1 Nameplate drawing, including all current transformer ratios. 4.3.2 Outline drawing including the following: a. Accessories and accessory locations b. Weight with and without oil c. Shipping center of gravity, shown on two items d. Installed center of gravity, shown on two views e. Anchoring requirements 4.3.3 Base drawings , including anchor bolt locations and complete detailed dimensions from equipment centerlines. 4.3.4 Additional drawings required: a. Bushing outlines including size of stud , thread size and thread length 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
4.2 An outline drawing shall be provided with shop drawing submittal. This drawing shall include the following information:
a. Projected floor space ofthe transformer, including radiators and expansion tanks b. Height ofthe transformer from floor level to top ofvoltage bushing
c. Height ofthe transformer from floor level to top ofneutral bushing d. Height ofthe transformer from floor level to top oftank, and to the highest non-removable part
e. Weight ofthe core and the windings f. Weight ofthe tank and the radiators g. Number ofgallons ofoil and total weight ofthe oil h. Total weight ofthe assembled transformer including oil
1. Powerrequirements for all control and auxiliary equipment 4.3 Within ten (10) weeks after award ofcontract, the Contractor shall provide the following drawings for approval: 4.3.1 Nameplate drawing, including all current transformer ratios. 4.3.2 Outline drawing including the following:
a. Accessories and accessory locations b. Weight with and without oil
c. Shipping center ofgravity, shown on two items d. Installed center ofgravity, shown on two views
e. Anchoring requirements 4.3.3 Base drawings, including anchor bolt locations and complete detailed dimensions from equipment centerlines. 4.3.4 Additional drawings required:
a. Bushing outlines including size ofstud, thread size and thread length



### 16362-3REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM b. Surge arrester outlines c. Location of radiators d. Control elementary and wiring diagrams. e. Current transformer elementary and wiring diagrams f. Current transformer ratio correction factor and secondary excitation curves. 4.3.5 The supplier shall provide three (3) sets of prints for the above requirements 'and a drawing list indicating the drawing number and title of each drawing. 4.4 Instruction Books 4.4.1 At least three (3) weeks prior to delivery the Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer five sets of complete operating and instruction books for each transformer. 4.4.2 One additional instruction book shall be attached to each transformer. 4.4.3 Each manual or instruction book shall include the following: a. Schematic and wiring drawings . No typical drawings are acceptable. b. List of parts that were shipped loose from the transformer to be installed in the field. c. A replacement parts list that includes part number identifications. d. A list of recommended spare parts and a complete packing list of accessory items. e. Instruction manuals covering step-by-step installation and assembly instructions with illustrative drawings
. Each separate part shall be marked with an identification system to aid installation. f. Manual recommending proper storage procedures. g. Operating and "troubleshooting" manual for the transformer. h. List of all special tools needed for installation and maintenance. PART 5 TESTING AND TEST REPORTS G 5.1 Four (4) copies of certified test reports shall be supplied for the following tests:

16362-4 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM b. Surge arrester outlines
c. Location ofradiators d. Control elementary and wiring diagrams.
e. Current transformer elementary and wiring diagrams 

### AJJY 00-1124

f. Current transformer ratio correction factor and secondary excitation curves. 4.3.5 The supplier shall provide three (3) sets ofprints for the above requirements and a drawing list indicating the drawing number and title ofeach drawing. 4.4 Instruction Books 4.4.1 At least three (3) weeks prior to delivery the Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officerfive sets ofcomplete operating and instruction books for each transformer. 4.4.2 One additional instructionbook shall be attached to each transformer. 4.4.3 Each manual orinstructionbook shall include the following:
a. b.

c. d.
e.

f. g. h. PART 5 Schematic and wiring drawings. No typical drawings are acceptable. List ofparts that were shipped loose from the transformer to be installed in the field. A replacement parts list that includes part number identifications. A list ofrecommended spare parts and a complete packing list ofaccessory items. Instruction manuals covering step-by-step installation and assembly instructions with illustrative drawings. Each separate part shall be marked with an identification system to aid installation. Manual recommending proper storage procedures. Operating and "troubleshooting" manual for the transformer. List ofall special tools needed for installation and maintenance. TESTING AND TEST REPORTS G 5.1 Four (4) copies ofcertified test reports shall be suppliedfor the following tests:



### 16362-4REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM a. The routine tests listed in the latest revision of ANSI C57.12.00, performed for each stage of cooling. b. A sound level test at the full induced-test voltage level. The RIV shall not exceed 150 microVolts
. Testing equipment and the general method used shall be in accordance with IEEE Transformer Committee Report, IEEE Transactions, PAS Vol. 86 pp. 1592-1595, December 1967, "Tests for Damaging Corona on Oil Insulated Power Transformers." 5.2 The Contractor shall include the following information in the test report: a. Winding Thermal Time Constant Type of material used in the primary and secondary winding. PART 6 RATINGS 6.1 Description The transformer shall be a 3-phase , oil-immersed, outdoor type unit with a zigzag winding configuration for use on a 60 hertz grounded system. 6.2 Operations and Environment The transformer is to be used for grounding operations, in a salt air environment near sea level with ambient temperatures ranging between 75 and 100 degrees F. 6.3 Voltage Rating The transformer shall be rated 34,500 volts line to line nominal ; 36,500 volts maximum. 6.4 Current Rating The transformer shall be able to carry 90 amps neutral current continuously without exceeding 55 degrees C rise and shall be able to provide 1,000 amperes of line to ground fault current at the 34.5 kV Bus for one ( 1) minute without exceeding a final temperature of 200 degrees C. 6.5 Winding Insulation Class 34.5 kV, 200 kV Basic Impulse Level for both phase and neutral ends. 6.6 Sound Level The average sound level of the transformer shall be of a standard sound level or a reduced sound level. The standard sound level shall not exceed 70 dB based on the transformer rating in accordance with NEMA TR-1-1971 Standards. The reduced sound level transformers shall be
16362-5 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124

a. Theroutine tests listed in the latest revision ofANSI C57.12.00, performed for each stage ofcooling. b. A sound level test at the full induced-test voltage level. The RIV shall not exceed 150 microVolts. Testing equipment and the general method used shall be in accordance with IEEE Transformer Committee Report, IEEE Transactions, PAS Vol. 86 pp. 1592-1595, December 1967, "Tests for Damaging Corona on Oil Insulated PowerTransformers." 5.2 The Contractor shall include the following information in the test report:
a. Winding Thermal Time Constant b. Type ofmaterial used inthe primary and secondary winding. PART 6 RATINGS 6.1 Description Thetransformer shall be a 3-phase, oil-immersed, outdoortype unit with a zigzag winding configuration for use on a 60 hertz grounded system. 6.2 Operations and Environment The transformer is to beused for grounding operations, in a salt air environmentnear sea level with ambienttemperatures ranging between 75 and 100 degrees F. 6.3 Voltage Rating The transformer shall be rated 34,500 volts line to line nominal; 36,500 volts maximum. 6.4 Current Rating Thetransformer shall be able to carry 90 amps neutral current continuously without exceeding 55 degrees C rise and shallbe able to provide 1,000 amperes ofline to ground fault current atthe 34.5 kV Bus for one (1) minute without exceeding a final temperature of200 degrees C. 6.5 Winding Insulation Class 34.5 kV, 200 kV Basic Impulse Level for bothphase and neutral ends. 6.6 Sound Level The average sound level ofthe transformer shall beofa standard sound level or a reduced sound level. The standard sound level shall not exceed 70 dB based onthe transformerrating in accordance with NEMATR-I-1971 Standards. The reduced sound level transformers shall be


### 16362-5REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 12db below the standard and shall not exceed the level of 58 dB for OA rating. The transformer sound level shall be reduced by reducing the flux density of the core. The Supplier shall state in his bid the cost difference between a standard sound level and a reduced sound level transformer. PART 7 CONSTRUCTION 7.1 Transformer Bushings7.1.1 Phase voltage bushings shall be of the paper "capacitor" type, ANSI Standard Interchangeable, with a visible oil level gauge at the top of each bushing. Each bushing shall be provided with a power factor test tap. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray. Threaded studs for connection of the bushings to cables or straps shall be silver

-plated. 7.1.2 The neutral bushing shall be of the dry-type, a one-piece porcelain body, or an acceptable condenser type. A threaded stud for connection of the bushing to a cable or straps shall be silver-plated. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray. 7.1.3 Bushings provided with the transformer shall be in accordance with the following: Bushing Voltage Class Minimum Minimum Voltage Location

(kV) BIL (kV) Creepage (in.) Phase 35 200 40 Cover Mtd. Neutral 35 200 40 Cover Mtd. 7.1.4 Spare bushings shall be provided one each for both the phase and neutral bushings. 7.2 Bushing Current Transformer 7.2.1 Standard multi

-ratio current transformers reserved for GPA's use are required as follows: Each Phase Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400.

Neutral Bushing - Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400. 7.2.2 All secondary tap leads (a total of five for each CT) shall be brought out of the top or side wall of the transformer through a gas and oil tight compartment and wired to identified circuit shorting terminal blocks in the transformer control cabinet. All connections between CT's and GPA connection points shall be bolted or crimped. No soldered, split or disconnecting lugs shall be used. 7.2.3 The manufacturer shall provide accuracy curves for the current transformers furnished.
16362-6 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
12db below the standard and shall not exceed the level of58 dB for OA rating. Thetransformer sound level shall bereduced byreducing the flux density ofthe core. The Supplier shall state in his bid the cost difference between a standard sound level and a reduced sound level transformer. PART 7 CONSTRUCTION 7.1 Transformer Bushings 7.1.1 Phase voltage bushings shall be ofthe paper "capacitor" type, ANSI Standard Interchangeable, with a visible oil level gauge at the top ofeach bushing. Each bushing shall be provided with a power factor test tap. The bushing color shall beANSI 70 light gray. Threaded studs for connection ofthe bushings to cables or straps shall be silver-plated. 7.1.2 The neutral bushing shall be ofthe dry-type, a one-piece porcelain body, or an acceptable condenser type. A threaded stud for connection ofthe bushing to a cable or straps shall be silver-plated. The bushing color shall be ANSI 70 light gray. 7.1.3 Bushings provided with the transformer shall be in accordance with the following: Bushing

Phase Neutral Voltage Class (kV)

35 35 Minimum BIL (kV) 200 200 Minimum Voltage Location Creepage (in.) 40 Cover Mtd. 40 Cover Mtd.
7.1.4 Sparebushings shall be provided one each for both the phase and neutral bushings. 7.2 Bushing Current Transformer 7.2.1 Standard multi-ratio current transformers reserved for GPA's use are required as follows: Each Phase Bushing

- Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400. Neutral Bushing

- Two (2) 1200/5, relay accuracy class C400. 7.2.2 All secondary tap leads (a total offive for each CT) shall be brought out ofthe top or side wall ofthe transformer through a gas and oil tight compartment and wired to identified circuit shorting terminal blocks in the transformer control cabinet. All connections between CT's and GPA connection points shall be bolted or crimped. No soldered, split or disconnecting lugs shall beused. 7.2.3 The manufacturer shall provide accuracy curves for the current transformers furnished.


### 16362-6REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 7.2.4 Bushing CT nameplates shall be provided showing connections and the ratio for each tap of each current transformer. These nameplates shall be mechanically fastened and located adjacent to GPA's connection terminals. 7.3 Surge Arresters Provide three (3) surge arresters designed and manufactured for operation in an outdoor environment with high humidity and a high salt air environment. 7.3.1 Type: Outdoor, station class, metal oxide, gapless 7.3.2 Ratings: a. Nominal voltage: 34.5 Kv b. Maximum voltage: 36.2 kV c. Duty cycle voltage: 27 kV d. Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) 22 kV, minimum 7.3.3 Color: ANSI No. 70, Light Gray. 7.4 Drain, Isolating, Vacuum and Filter Valves A two-inch, globe type, combination drain and lower filter valve shall be provided. This valve shall have a built-in 3/8-inch sampling device. A one-inch upper filter valve shall also be provided. If the transformer is designed for vacuum filling, provisions shall be made on the top of the tank for a vacuum connection. Isolating valves and other necessary devices shall be provided to allow ready installation and removal of radiators, and drainage of oil from radiators without draining oil from the main tank. Drain, filter and vacuum valves and their handwheel shall be made of bronze. 7.5 Lifting Facilities Lifting facilities shall be provided for lifting the cover separately and for lifting the core and coil assembly from the tank using four lifting cables. Lifting facilities shall also be provided for lifting the complete transformer using four slings. The bearing surface shall be free from sharp edges. 7.6 Jacking Facilities

16362-7 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124

7.2.4 Bushing CT nameplates shall be provided showing connections and the ratio for each tap ofeach current transformer. These nameplates shall be mechanically fastened and located adjacent to GPA's connection terminals. 7.3 Surge Arresters Provide three (3) surge arresters designed and manufactured for operation in an outdoor environment with high humidity and a high salt air environment. 7.3.1 Type: Outdoor, station class, metal oxide, gapless 7.3.2 Ratings:
a. Nominal voltage: 34.5 Kv b. Maximum voltage: 36.2kV
c. Duty cycle voltage: 27kV d. Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV) 22 kV, minimum 7.3.3 Color: ANSI No. 70, Light Gray. 7.4 Drain, Isolating, Vacuum and Filter Valves A two-inch, globe type, combination drain and lower filter valve shall beprovided. This valve shall have a built-in 3/8-inch sampling device. A one-inch upperfilter valve shall also be provided. Ifthe transformer is designed for vacuum filling, provisions shall bemade on the top ofthe tank for a vacuum connection. Isolating valves and othernecessary devices shall beprovided to allow ready installation and removal ofradiators, and drainage ofoil from radiators without draining oil from the main tank. Drain, filter and vacuum valves and their handwheel shall be made ofbronze. 7.5 Lifting Facilities Lifting facilities shall beprovided for lifting the cover separately and for lifting the core and coil assembly from the tank using four lifting cables. Lifting facilities shall also be provided for lifting the complete transformer using four slings. The bearing surface shall befree from sharp edges. 7.6 Jacking Facilities



### 16362-7REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM Jacking facilities shall be located near the extreme ends of the junctions of the transformer segments
. Minimum dimensions and clearances for jacking provisions shall be specified on the outline drawing. 7.7 Pulling Facilities Pulling eyes shall be provided for pulling the transformer along the centerline. 7.8 Transformer Base 7.8.1 The transformer base shall be designed to permit rolling or skidding of the transformer in any direction
. The base shall be designed so that the transformer center of gravity, as normally prepared for shipment, shall not fall outside the base support for a tilt of the base of 15 degrees from the horizontal, with or without oil in the transformer. 7.8.2 The base shall be fabricated with an adequate number of anchor bolt holes designed to put the transformer base in direct contact, shear and tension , with the transformer concrete foundation at all anchor bolt locations
. Anchorage shall be designed to utilize simple ASTM A-307 anchor bolts with heads embedded 12 inches in concrete and with an ultimate compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch. 7.9 Nameplate A diagram nameplate shall be furnished and shall be located near eye level above the base of the transformer
. The information furnished shall be in accordance with ANSI C57.12
.00, Section 5.12. 7.10 Liquid Thermometer The transformer shall have top oil gauges with alarm contacts. A 0-1.0 mA output shall be provided for top oil temperature. 7.11 Liquid Level Indicator 7.11.1 Provide a magnetic level indicator to indicate the level of the insulating liquid. Two electrically separate, normally open alarm contacts shall be provided to indicate both high and low liquid levels. 7.11.2 A third contact shall be provided to trip for low liquid level
. This contact shall be electrically isolated from the alarm contacts and shall be set so that the trip operation is at a lower liquid level than the low-level alarm. 7.12 Sudden Pressure Relay A sudden pressure relay shall be provided. This relay shall be factory calibrated for the transformer on which the relay is to be used. The relay shall be provided with two electrically
16362-8 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 Jacking facilities shall be located near the extreme ends ofthejunctions ofthe transformer segments. Minimum dimensions and clearances forjackingprovisions shall be specified onthe outline drawing. 7.7 Pulling Facilities Pulling eyes shall be provided for pulling the transformer along the centerline. 7.8 Transformer Base 7.8.1 The transformerbase shall be designed to permit rolling or skidding ofthe transformer in any direction. Thebase shall be designed so that the transformer center ofgravity, as normally prepared for shipment, shall not fall outside the base support for a tilt ofthe base of 15 degrees from the horizontal, with or without oil in the transformer. 7.8.2 Thebase shall be fabricated with an adequate number ofanchor bolt holes designed to put the transformer base in direct contact, shear and tension, with the transformer concrete foundation at all anchor bolt locations. Anchorage shall be designed to utilize simple ASTM A-307 anchorbolts with heads embedded 12 inches in concrete and with anultimate compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch. 7.9 Nameplate A diagram nameplate shall be furnished and shall be located near eye level above thebase ofthe transformer. The informationfurnished shall be in accordance with ANSI C57.12.00, Section 5.12. 7.10 Liquid Thermometer The transformer shall have top oil gauges with alarm contacts. A 0-1.0rnA output shall be provided for top oil temperature. 7.11 Liquid Level Indicator 7.11.1 Provide a magnetic level indicatorto indicate the level ofthe insulating liquid. Two electrically separate, normally open alarm contacts shall beprovidedto indicate both high and low liquid levels. ·7.11.2 A third contact shall beprovidedto trip for low liquid level. This contact shall be electrically isolated from the alarm contacts and shall be set so that the trip operation is at a lower liquid level than the low-level alarm. 7.12 SuddenPressure Relay A suddenpressurerelay shall be provided. This relay shall befactory calibrated for the transformer on which the relay is to beused. Therelay shall beprovided with two electrically


### 16362-8REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B

- 1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM separated contacts for alarm and control. The sudden pressure relay shall be provided with an auxiliary lockout relay with hand reset. The auxiliary relay shall have a normally closed contact from the sudden pressure relay, shunting the operating coil of the auxiliary lockout relay. The relay shall be suitable for 125 VDC operation. The relay assembly and location shall allow for removal with the transformer energized. 7.13 Mechanical Pressure Relief Device A self-sealing, mechanical pressure relief device shall be located on the cover. The relief device shall be furnished with alarm contacts and a visual operation indicator. The indicator shall be resettable with hot-sticks from ground level without the necessity of de-energizing the transformer. 7.14 Core Ground It is preferred that the core ground connection be above the oil and accessible from the manhole to facilitate testing of the core to tank insulation without lowering the oil. The connector shall be the slotted type with a captive nut connection. The location of the core ground shall be indicated on the transformer outline drawing. 7.15 Auxiliary Power Source 7.15.1 The auxiliary power will be single

-phase 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz. Design the transformer controls and accessories to operate on both voltages. The terminals provided shall be adequate to receive customer furnished service conductors. 7.15.2 A 120 VAC, 15-ampere convenience outlet with ground fault protection shall be provided. 7.15.3 Provisions shall be made for an underground 125 VDC incoming supply. All tripping, alarms, and associated devices shall be rated for 125 VDC operation. 7.16 Centralized Termination and Control Devices Requirement 7.16.1 All equipment alarms, controls, protection and current transformers shall be brought to individually identified terminals centralized in a weather

-proof control cabinet mounted on the equipment tank. Adequate hinged doors shall be provided with weatherproof latching facilities. The latching assemblies shall be operated by handles that can be reached by an operator standingat ground level. Each handle shall have provisions for padlocking and be acceptable for weatherproofing the doors in the closed position. 7.16.2 All meters and instruments that require resetting shall be mounted less than six (6) feet above the base of the transformer. REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-17S0 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 

### AJJY 00-1124 separated contacts for alann and control. The suddenpressurerelay shall be provided with an auxiliary lockoutrelay with hand reset. The auxiliaryrelay shall have anonnallyclosed contact from the suddenpressurerelay, shunting the operating coil ofthe auxiliary lockout relay. The relay shall be suitablefor 125 VDC operation. Therelay assembly and location shall allow for removal with the transfonner energized. 7.13 Mechanical Pressure ReliefDevice A self-sealing, mechanical pressure reliefdevice shall be located on the cover. Thereliefdevice shallbefurnished with alann contacts and a visual operation indicator. The indicator shall be resettable with hot-sticks from ground level withoutthenecessity ofde-energizing the transformer. 7.14 Core Ground Itis preferredthatthe core ground connectionbe above the oil and accessible from the manhole to facilitate testing ofthe core to tank insulation without lowering the oil. The connector shall be the slottedtype with a captive nut connection. The location ofthe core ground shall beindicated onthe transfonner outline drawing. 7.15 AuxiliaryPower Source 7.15.1 The auxiliarypower will be single-phase 1201240 VAC, 60 Hz. Designthe transformer controls and accessories to operate onbothvoltages. Thetenninals provided shallbe adequate to receive customerfurnished service conductors. 7.15.2 A 120 VAC, 15-ampere convenience outlet with ground fault protection shall be provided. 7.15.3 Provisions shallbe madefor an underground 125 VDC incoming supply. All tripping, alanns, and associated devices shall berated for 125 VDC operation. 7.16 Centralized Termination and Control Devices Requirement 7.16.1 All equipment alarms, controls, protection and currenttransformers shall bebroughtto individually identified tenninals centralized in a weather-proofcontrol cabinet mounted onthe equipmenttanlc Adequatehinged doors shall beprovidedwith weatherprooflatching facilities. The latching assemblies shallbe operatedbyhandles that canbereachedby an operator standing at ground level. Each handle shall have provisions for padlocking and be acceptable for weatherproofingthe doors in the closed position. 7.16.2 All meters and instruments thatrequire resetting shall be mounted less than six (6) feet above thebase ofthe transformer.

16362-9REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 7.16.3 Alarm contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 5 amperes, carrying 3 amperes continuously, and opening 3 amperes at 125 VDC. 7.16.4 Control contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 30 amperes , carrying 10 amperes continuously, and opening 3 amperes at 125 VDC. 7.17 Instrument and Control Wiring 7.17.1 THW or THWN wires used by the Supplier shall be of the machine

-tool type with 3/64" polyvinyl chloride insulation rated 600 Volts, 90 degree C. Other wires with insulation having characteristics that equal or exceed the above requirements for machine

-tool type wire are acceptable
. The control wire used shall be suitable for wet and dry locations, flame retardant and moisture and heat resistant. 7.17.2 All secondary wire, regardless of type, shall be stranded
. The wire shall have adequate current-carrying capacity. #14 AWG shall be used for control circuits, #10 AWG for CT circuits and #18 AWG for SCADA indication. 7.17.3 Those portions of any secondary wiring in the control box, or those portions of any secondary or control wiring or cable that pass through conduit, shall not be spliced. However, junction boxes with terminal blocks as specified above may be used to extend secondary wiring passing through conduits. 7.17.4 Ring-tongue terminals shall be used for secondary wiring. Spade, slotted spade, flanged spade, and hook terminals are not acceptable
. Ring-tongue terminals shall be sufficiently strong to prevent their breakage under conditions of vibration inherent in the equipment in which they are installed. 7.17.5 Terminals shall have insulated ferrules whenever either the spacing between the terminals, or their projection above or below the terminal board, or both is such that they can make contact with one another. 7.17.6 All wires for external connections shall be properly identified and terminated at conveniently located, easily accessible terminal blocks. All terminal blocks furnished by the supplier shall have No
. 10 screws
. The screws shall be secured directly into the contact strips and not into nuts embedded in the terminal blocks. The contact strips shall have sufficient thickness to assure that torque applied to the No. 10 screws to hold the terminal to the contact strips will not damage the threads in the tapped holes. The screws shall be firmly secured to the blocks and shall be separated by insulated barriers. Terminal blocks with clamp type fittings are not acceptable. 7.17.7 Ring-tongue terminals shall be fastened to the contact strips of terminal blocks with machine screws
. Barriers shall separate the contact strips. All circuits shall be protected by

16362-10 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY00-1124
7.16.3 Alarm contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 5 amperes, carrying 3 amperes continuously, and opening 3 amperes at 125 VDC. 7.16.4 Control contacts shall be electrically separated, open during normal conditions, selfresetting and suitable for closing 30 amperes, carrying 10 amperes continuously, and opening 3 amperes at 125 VDC. 7.17 Instrument and Control Wiring 7.17.1 THW orTHWN wires used bythe Supplier shall be ofthe machine-tool type with 3/64" polyvinyl chloride insulation rated 600 Volts, 90 degree C. Other wires with insulation having characteristics that equal or exceed the above requirements for machine-tool type wire are acceptable. The control wire used shall be suitable for wet and dry locations, flame retardant and moisture and heat resistant. 7.17.2 All secondary wire, regardless oftype, shall be stranded. The wire shall have adequate current-carrying capacity. #14 AWG shall be used for control circuits, #10 AWG for CT circuits and #18 AWG for SCADA indication. 7.17.3 Those portions ofany secondary wiring in the control box, orthose portions ofany secondary or control wiring or cable that pass through conduit, shall notbe spliced. However, junctionboxes with terminal blocks as specified above may beused to extend secondary wiring passing through conduits. 7.17.4 Ring-tongue terminals shall beused for secondary wiring. Spade, slotted spade, flanged spade, and hookterminals are not acceptable. Ring-tongue terminals shall be sufficiently strong to prevent their breakage under conditions ofvibration inherent in the equipment in which they are installed. 7.17.5 Terminals shall have insulated ferrules whenever either the spacing between the terminals, ortheir projection above orbelow the terminal board, orboth is such that they can make contact with one another. 7.17.6 All wires for external connections shall be properly identified and terminated at conveniently located, easily accessible terminal blocks. All terminal blocks furnished bythe supplier shall have No. 10 screws. The screws shall be secured directly into the contact strips and not into nuts embedded in the terminal blocks. The contact strips shall have sufficient thickness to assure that torque applied to the No. 10 screws to hold the terminal to the contact strips will not damage the threads in the tapped holes. The screws shall be firmly secured to the blocks and shall be separated by insulated barriers. Terminal blocks with clamp type fittings are not acceptable. 7.17.7 Ring-tongue terminals shall befastened to the contact strips ofterminal blocks with machine screws. Barriers shall separate the contact strips. All circuits shall be protected by



### 16362-10REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM molded case circuit breakers. Breakers are to be ambient compensated. The breaker size, supplier's name and catalog numbers are to be shown on the drawings. 7.17.8 All control, power, alarm, and auxiliary equipment shall be completely wired at the factory. 7.17.9 Hinge wiring and wiring that will be subjected to bending during maintenance or other operations shall be arranged such that the bending or twisting will be around the longitudinal axis of the wire. 7.17.10 Wiring shall not be spliced or tapped
. All connections shall be made at the device terminals or on terminal blocks. 7.17.11 All future, spare and unused contacts and devices shall be wired to terminal blocks. 7.17.12 A minimum of ten percent (10%) spare terminal points shall be provided. 7.17.13 All wiring external to enclosures or cabinets shall be in rigid steel conduit. 7.17.14 All wiring from the transformer components to the cabinets, which may require removal for shipment, shall be installed in place and in such a manner that it is only necessary to connect the wires to the cabinets after they are installed on the transformer. 7.17.15 Wiring Format

a. All terminals shall be numbered, and the numbers shall correspond to the numbers on the wiring diagram. b. All wires shall be identified at their termination points with opposite end designation identification by labeled plastic sleeves or equal. Identification shall correspond to the lettered device, numbered terminal format of the wiring diagrams. PART 8 TANK 8.1 The main transformer tank shall be designed to withstand, without permanent deformation, pressures 25% greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from the system of oil preservation used. The maximum operating pressures (positive and negative) which the transformer tank is designed to withstand shall be indicated on the nameplate. 8.2 Vacuum Filling If the tank is designed for vacuum filling (essentially full vacuum), radiators and auxiliary compartments such as expansion tanks, when not designed for full vacuum filling, shall be so designated and isolating valves shall be provided.

EFFECTIVE DATE : I CH :11 APPROVED: 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124
molded case circuit breakers. Breakers are to be ambient compensated. The breaker size, supplier's name and catalog numbers are to be shown on the drawings. 7.17.8 All control, power, alarm, and auxiliary equipment shall be completely wired at the factory. 7.17.9 Hinge wiring and wiring that will be subjected to bending during maintenance or other operations shall be arranged such that the bending ortwisting will be around the longitudinal axis ofthe wire. 7.17.10 Wiring shall not be spliced ortapped. All connections shall be made at the device terminals or onterminal blocks. 7.17.11 All future, spare and unused contacts and devices shall be wired to terminal blocks. 7.17.12 A minimum often percent (10%) spare terminal points shall be provided. 7.17.13 All wiring external to enclosures or cabinets shall be in rigid steel conduit. 7.17.14 All wiring from the transformer components to the cabinets, which may require removal for shipment, shall be installed in place and in such a manner that it is only necessary to connect the wires to the cabinets after they are installed on the transformer. 7.17.15 Wiring Format

PART 8 a. All terminals shall be numbered, and the numbers shall correspond to the numbers on the wiring diagram. b. All wires shall be identified at their terminationpoints with opposite end designation identificationby labeled plastic sleeves or equal. Identification shall correspond to the lettered device, numbered terminal format ofthe wiring diagrams. TANK 8.1 The main transformer tank shall be designed to withstand, without permanent deformation, pressures 25% greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from the system ofoil preservation used. The maximum operating pressures (positive and negative) which the transformer tank is designed to withstand shall be indicated on the nameplate. 8.2 Vacuum Filling Ifthe tank is designed for vacuum filling (essentially full vacuum), radiators and auxiliary compartments such as expansiontanks, when not designed for full vacuum filling, shall be so designated and isolating valves shall beprovided.



### EFFECTIVE DATE:**CH~;.ll** 

### APPROVED:REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 8.3 Manholes Provide one or more circular handholes and at least two circular manholes in the transformer top with neoprene or better gasketing material and bolted covers. These facilities must be of sufficient size to allow for the removal of bushing current transformers and to allow for the entrance of a person into the transformer tank (18-inch minimum manhole). 8.4 Ground Pads In addition to the surge arrester ground pads, two ground pads, drilled and tapped for NEMA four-hole (1/2 inch bolts on 1-3/4 inch centers) connectors, shall be installed on diagonally opposite corners ofthe base. If the base is removable, the two pads shall be installed on the transformer tank wall near the base. Ground pads shall be copper-faced steel, stainless steel, or non-ferrous pads brazed or welded to the transformer. PART 9 TRANSFORMER OIL The Supplier shall furnish an adequate quantity of oil for the first fill of each transformer. Oil designated as "10-C" by the General Electric Corporation, or equivalent, that may be freely mixed with either, shall be used in the transformer. All oil furnished shall be inhibited with DBPC (Dl TERT BUTYL PARA CRESOL). The oil shall have the following characteristic:
a. Flash Point: Cleveland Open Cup 132 Degrees C b. Fire Point: Cleveland Open Cup 145 Degrees C
c. Specific Gravity at 60 Degrees F: 0.865 to 0.910 d. Viscosity: Saybolt Universal at 100 Degrees F - 55 - 63 sec
e. Acidity: 0.02 Mg KOH/gm 0.1 max f. Pour Point: -40 Degrees F g. Corrosive sulfur: None h. Dielectric Strength (ASTM D877): 26 kV Min i. j. k. Power Factor at 68 Degrees F: 0.0% Max Interfacial Tension: 40 Dynes/CM Non-PCB (Polychlorinated Biphenyl) Contaminated: The manufacturer must mark in a permanent manner that the dielectric fluid is "Non-PCB." Certified test reports on residual oil remaining in the transformer after factory testing must be provided indicating that the oil is free of PCB.
16362-12 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, 8-1780 ANDERSEN AF8, GUAM 8.3 Manholes AJJY 00-1124

Provide one ormore circularhandholes and at least two circular manholes in the transformer top with neoprene orbetter gasketing material andbolted covers. Thesefacilities mustbeof sufficient sizeto allow for theremoval ofbushing current transformers andto allow for the entrance ofa person into the transformer tank (18-inch minimummanhole). 8.4 Ground Pads In addition to the surge arrester ground pads, two ground pads, drilled and tapped for NEMA four-hole (112 inch bolts on 1-3/4 inch centers) connectors, shall be installed on diagonally opposite comers ofthebase. Ifthe base is removable, the two pads shall be installed on the transformer tank wall nearthe base. Ground pads shall be copper-faced steel, stainless steel, ornon-ferrous pads brazed or welded to the transformer. PART 9 TRANSFORMER OIL The Supplier shall furnish an adequate quantity ofoil for thefirst fill ofeachtransformer. Oil designated as "lO-C" by the General Electric Corporation, or equivalent, that maybe freely mixed with either, shall beused in the transformer. All oil furnished shall be inhibited with DBPC (Dl TERT BUTYLPARA CRESOL). The oil shall have the following characteristic:
a. FlashPoint: Cleveland Open Cup 132 Degrees C b. Fire Point: Cleveland Open Cup 145 Degrees C
c. Specific Gravity at 60 Degrees F: 0.865 to 0.910 d. Viscosity: SayboltUniversal at 100 Degrees F - 55

- 63 sec
e. Acidity: 0.02 Mg KOH/gm 0.1 max f. PourPoint: -40 Degrees F g. Corrosive sulfur: None h. Dielectric Strength (ASTMD877): 26 kV Min
1. PowerFactor at 68 Degrees F: 0.0% Max J. Interfacial Tension: 40 Dynes/CM k. Non-PCB (Polychlorinated Biphenyl) Contaminated:

Themanufacturer mustmark in a permanent mannerthatthe dielectric fluid is "Non-PCB." Certified testreports onresidual oil remaining inthe transformer after factory testing mustbeprovided indicating thatthe oil is free ofPCB.
16362-12REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
PART 10 TRANSFORMER COOLING 10.1 Heat Exchangers Heat exchangers must have sufficient capacity to prevent a temperature rise in excess of the specified rating of the transformer. Due to severe corrosion problems, heat exchangers shall be made of stainless steel tube and stainless steel fin construction. Aluminum or Copper heat exchangers are not acceptable. Heat exchangers shall be removable from the main tank without the need to drain oil from the main tank. 10.2 Radiators No accessories or pipes shall be installed above the radiators for easy installation and removal of the radiators during maintenance. PART 11 LOSS EVALUATION 11.1 Each bidder shall submit with his bid the guaranteed average load and no-load losses on each transformer submitted on this bid
. Guaranteed load losses shall be provided at the transformer's self-cooled (OA) rating and a reference temperature of 85 degrees C (65 degree rise + 20 degrees C ambient). The requirements and definitions of ANSI Standard C57.12.00- 1987, Sections 5.9 and 9.3, shall apply unless excepted by this specification. 11.2 Guaranteed losses will be evaluated by the Contracting Officer in accordance with the Bidding Schedule to determine the equivalent first cost for owning and operating each bid item. Guaranteed transformer losses will be evaluated at $6,640/KW for excitation (no load) losses. 11.3 The Contractor shall test each transformer for no-load losses. This test data shall be certified as correct and submitted to the Contracting Officer prior to or at the time of shipment. 11.4 The Contracting Officer will review and consider actual no-load losses for each transformer
. In the event that the average evaluated losses for like units exceeds the averageguaranteed losses; the Contractor will be penalized at the above rate for the difference. Noload loss penalties will be assessed independently
. Bonuses will not be awarded for actual average losses that are less than guaranteed
. In addition, the Contracting Officer may reject any transformer with no-load losses greater than the tolerances indicated in ANSI Standard C57.12.00-1987, Section 9.3. PART 12 CLEANING, PRESERVATION AND PAINTING All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, welding scale, and grease, and shall be treated to effect a bond between the metal and paint to prevent the formation of rust under the

16362-13 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM
PART 10 TRANSFORMER COOLING 10.1 Heat Exchangers 

### AJJY00-1124

Heat exchangers must have sufficient capacity to prevent a temperature rise in excess ofthe specified rating ofthe transformer. Dueto severe corrosion problems, heat exchangers shall be made ofstainless steel tube and stainless steel fin construction. Aluminum or Copperheat exchangers are not acceptable. Heat exchangers shall be removable from the main tank without the need to drain oil from the main tank. 10.2 Radiators No accessories or pipes shall be installed above the radiators for easy installation and removal ofthe radiators during maintenance. PART 11 LOSS EVALUATION 11.1 Each bidder shall submit with his bid the guaranteed average load and no-load losses on each transformer submitted on this bid. Guaranteed load losses shall be provided at the transformer's self-cooled (OA) rating and areference temperature of85 degrees C (65 degree rise 

### +20 degrees C ambient). The requirements and definitions ofANSI Standard C57.12.00- 1987, Sections 5.9 and 9.3, shall apply unless excepted bythis specification. 11.2 Guaranteed losses will be evaluated bythe Contracting Officer in accordance with the Bidding Schedule to determine the equivalent first cost for owning and operating each bid item. Guaranteed transformer losses will be evaluated at $6,640IKWfor excitation (no load) losses. 11.3 The Contractor shall test each transformer for no-load losses. This test data shall be certified as correct and submitted to the Contracting Officer prior to or at the time of shipment. 11.4 The Contracting Officer will review and consider actual no-load losses for each transformer. In the event that the average evaluated losses for like units exceeds the average guaranteed losses; the Contractor will be penalized at the above rate for the difference. Noload loss penalties will be assessed independently. Bonuses will not be awarded for actual average losses that are less than guaranteed. In addition, the Contracting Officer mayreject any transformer with no-load losses greater than the tolerances indicated in ANSI Standard C57.12.00-1987, Section 9.3. PART 12 CLEANING, PRESERVATION AND PAINTING All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned ofrust, welding scale, and grease, and shall be treated to effect abondbetween the metal and paint to prevent the formation ofrust under the



### 16362-13REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM paint. A priming coat shall be applied immediately after the bonding treatment. A final finish shall consist of two coats of paint. The exterior final coat shall be ANSI 45 light green. PART 13 SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS 13.1 Because of severe transportation conditions, the Contractor shall pay particular attention to the proper packaging and bracing of the apparatus to assure its safe arrival. 13.2 The Contractor shall prepare all materials and equipment for shipment in such a manner as to protect from damage in transit. All small parts and unit components shall be separately boxed or bundled to prevent galling due to rubbing of one part against another. Each item, box or bundle shall be plainly and individually identifiable for content according to item number, P.O. Number, and Supplier's Identifying Number. 13.3 A complete itemized Bill of Lading, which clearly identifies and inventories each assembly, sub-assembly, carton, package, envelope, etc., shall be furnished and enclosed with each item at the time of shipment. 13.4 Openings in the transformer tank or radiators resulting from the removal of parts for shipment shall be identified and securely sealed against the entrance of moisture and foreign materials. Covers shall be of sufficient strength to resist puncture. -- End of Section --

16362-14 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM AJJY 00-1124 paint. A priming coat shall be applied immediately after the bonding treatment. A final finish shall consist oftwo coats ofpaint. The exterior final coat shall be ANSI 45 light green. PART 13 SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS 13.1 Because ofsevere transportation conditions, the Contractor shall pay particular attention to the proper packaging and bracing ofthe apparatus to assure its safe arrival. 13.2 The Contractor shall prepare all materials and equipment for shipment in such a manner as to protect from damage in transit. All small parts and unit components shall be separately boxed or bundled to prevent galling due to rubbing ofone part against another. Each item, box orbundle shall beplainly and individually identifiable for content according to item number, P.O. Number, and Supplier's Identifying Number. 13.3 A complete itemized Bill ofLading, which clearly identifies and inventories each assembly, sub-assembly, carton, package, envelope, etc., shall be furnished and enclosed with each item at the time ofshipment. 13.4 Openings in the transformer tank orradiators resulting from the removal ofparts for shipment shall be identified and securely sealed against the entrance ofmoisture and foreign materials. Covers shall be ofsufficient strength to resist puncture.

-- End ofSection

--



### 16362-14REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16402 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

PART1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES The latest issues of the following publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) ASTM B 1 Hard-Drawn Copper Wire ASTM B8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium

-Hard, or Soft NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA BU I Busways NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 70 National Electrical Code UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) UL 857 Busways and Associated Fittings 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 16050, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures." 1.3.1 Shop Drawings a. Busway; G 1.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Data G
16402-1 REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS,B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM SECTION 16402 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES AJJY 00-1124

The latest issues ofthe following publications listed below form a part ofthis specification to the extentreferenced. Thepublications are referred to inthe text bythe basic designation only. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) Bl ASTM B8 Hard-Drawn CopperWire Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft NATIONALELECTRICALMANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) NEMA Busways NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATION (NFPA) 70 National Electrical Code

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) UL857 Busways and Associated Fittings 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

Section 16050, "BasicElectrical Materials and Methods," applies to this section with additions and modifications specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

Submitthe following in accordance with Section 01330, "Submittal Procedures."

1Shop Drawings
a. Busway; G 1.3.2 Operation and Maintenance Data G
16402-1REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

Electrical Syste ns, Data Package 5; Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01781 , "Operation and Maintenance Data" and as specified herein. 1.4 MAINTENANCE 1.4.1 Electrical Systej Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that provide basic data relating to the design, operation, and maintenance of the electrical distribution system for the building. This shall include: a. Single line diagram of the "as-built" building electrical system. b. Schematic diagram of electrical control system (other than HVAC, covered elsewhere). c. Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active electrical equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL standards are established for those items, and requirements of NFPA 70. 2.2 BUSWAY NE,MA BU 1, UL 857 . Buses shall be copper. Bus ways shall be rated 15 kilo volts, 1200 continuous current amperes, three-phase, three-wire, and include integral or internal ground bus. Short circuit rating shall be as indicated
. Enclosures shall be metallic
. Hardware shall be plated or otherwise protected to resist corrosion
. Joints shall be one-bolt type with throughbolts, which can be checked for tightness without deenergizing system. Maximum hot spot temperature rise at any point in busway at continuous rated load shall not exceed 55 degrees C above maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C in any position
. Provide internal barriers to prevent movement of superheated gases. Contractor shall coordinate proper voltage phasing of entire bus duct system, for example where busway interfaces with transformers, switchgear, and other system components. 2.2.1 Feeder Busways Provide unventilated, totally enclosed low-impedance busway. Bus bars shall be fully insulated from one another, except at stabs. Entire busway system shall be polarized.

16402-2 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM

a. DataPackage 5; 

### AJJY 00-1124

Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section 01781, "Operation and Maintenance Data" and as specified herein. 1.4 MAINTENANCE 1.4.1

Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that providebasic data relating to the design, operation, and maintenance ofthe electrical distribution systemfor the building. This shall include:
a. Single line diagram ofthe"as-built" building electrical system. b. Schematic diagram ofelectrical control system (other than HVAC, covered elsewhere).
c. Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active electrical equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meetrequirements ofUL, where UL standards are established for those items, and requirements ofNFPA 70. 2.2 NEMA BU 1, UL 857. Buses shall be copper. Busways shall berated 15 kilo volts, 1200 continuous current amperes, three-phase, three-wire, and include integral or internal ground bus. Short circuitrating shall be as indicated. Enclosures shall be metallic. Hardware shall be plated or otherwise protected to resist corrosion. Joints shall be one-bolt type with throughbolts, which canbe checked for tightness without deenergizing system. Maximumhot spot temperature rise at anypoint in busway at continuous rated load shall not exceed 55 degrees C above maximum ambient temperature of40 degrees C in any position. Provide internal barriers to prevent movement ofsuperheated gases. Contractor shall coordinate proper voltage phasing ofentire bus duct system, for example where busway interfaces with transformers, switchgear, and other system components. 2.2.1 Feeder Busways Provideunventilated, totally enclosed low-impedancebusway. Bus bars shall be fully insulated from one another, except at stabs. Entirebusway system shall be polarized.



### 16402-2REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 AJJY 00-1124

ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.3 WIRES AND CABLES Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 70 and UL for type of insulation,jacket, and conductor specified or indicated
. Wires and cables manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used. 2.3.1 Bonding Conductors ASTM B 1, solid bare copper wire for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller diameter; ASTM B8, Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger diameter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Electrical installations shall conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and to requirements specified herein. 3.1.1 Busway Installation Installation shall comply at minimum with NFPA 70. Install busways parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Support busways at ( 1525 mm) 5 foot maximum intervals, and brace to prevent lateral movement
. Hinges provided on risers shall be fixed type; spring

-type are unacceptable
. Provide flanges where busway makes penetrations through walls and floors, and seal to maintain smoke and fire ratings
. Provide waterproof curb where busway riser passes through floor
. Seal gaps with fire-rated foam and calk. Provide expansion joints, but only where bus duct crosses building expansion joints. 3.1.2 Repair of Existing Work Repair of existing work, demolition, and modification of existing electrical distribution systems shall be performed as follows: 3.1.2.1 Workmanship Lay out work in advance
. Exercise care where cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for proper installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings, piping, and equipment using skilled craftsmen of trades involved. -- End of Section --

16402-3 

### REPAIRS MAIN TRANSFORMERS, B-1780 ANDERSEN AFB, GUAM 2.3 WIRES AND CABLES 

### AJJY 00-1124

Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of 70 and UL for type of insulation,jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires and cables manufactured more than 12 months prior to date ofdelivery to site shall notbe used. 2.3.1 Bonding Conductors B ,solidbare copper wire for sizes No.8 AWG and smaller diameter; B8, Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No.6 AWG and larger diameter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Electrical installations shall conform to requirements ofNFPA 70 and to requirements specified herein. 3.1.1 Busway Installation Installation shall comply at minimum with NFPA 70. Install busways parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members. Supportbusways at (1525 mm) 5 foot maximum intervals, and brace to prevent lateral movement. Hinges provided onrisers shall be fixed type; spring-type are unacceptable. Provide flanges where busway makes penetrations through walls and floors, and seal to maintain smoke and fire ratings. Provide waterproofcurb where busway riser passes through floor. Seal gaps with fire-rated foam and calk. Provide expansionjoints, but only where bus duct crosses building expansionjoints. 3.1.2 Repair ofExisting Work Repair ofexisting work, demolition, and modification ofexisting electrical distribution systems shall beperformed as follows: 3.1.2.1 Workmanship Layout work in advance. Exercise care where cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, pmtitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for proper installation, support, or anchorage ofconduit, raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings, piping, and equipment using skilled craftsmen oftrades involved.

-- End ofSection

--



### 16402-3